Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Английский

Prose writers also

Толкование Перевод

1 ὄμνυμι

ὄμνῡμι, Pi.P.4.166, etc. ; imper.

A ὄμνῠθι Il.23.585
, ὄμνῡ S.Tr. 1185
, E.Med. 746, cf. Orac. ap. Hdt.6.86. γ ; [ per.] 3sg. ὀμνύτω IG12.134.5
; [ per.] 3pl. ὀμνύντων. Foed. ap. Th.5.47, IG12.87.24: [tense] impf. ὤμνυν Ar.Av. 520
, Ec. 823, D.17.10, etc.: also (from [tense] pres. [full] ὀμνύω) [ per.] 3sg. imper. ὀμνῠέτω Il. 19.175
; part. ὀμνύουσα Hyp.Ath.2
: [tense] impf. ὤμνῠον Il.14.278
, Foed. ap.Th.5.19,24, IG22.236.14, etc. (for [tense] pres. ind. the Trag. and Ar. use only ὄμνυμι, Hdt. and [dialect] Att. Prose writers also ὀμνύω, which also occurs in Com., Pherecr.143.9, Amphis 42, Diph.101, Antiph.241.1, Alex.160 ; in Hdt.1.153 ὀμνύντες is restored for the dub. form ὀμοῦντες): [tense] fut. ὀμοῦμαι, εῖ, εῖται, Il.1.233,9.274, Hes.Op. 194, Ar.Nu. 246, Lys. 193, X.HG1.3.11, etc. ; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1pl. ὀμιώμεθα Ar.Lys. 183
; later [tense] fut. ὀμόσω AP12.201
(Strat.), Plu.Cic.23, etc.: [tense] aor. ὤμοσα Od. 4.253
, etc. ; [dialect] Ep. ὤμοσσα Il.20.313
; [dialect] Ep. also without augm. ὄμοσα, -οσσα, 19.113,10.328 : [tense] pf. ὀμώμοκα E.Hipp. 612
, Ar.Ra. 1471, etc.: [tense] plpf. ὠμωμόκειν X.HG5.1.35
, D.9.16, 19.318 :—[voice] Med., Paus.10.26.3, [tense] aor. part. ὀμοσάμενος SIG531.28
(Dyme, iii B. C.), IG5(2).357.11 ([place name] Stymphalus), also in compds. ἀντ-, ἀπ-, δι-, ὑπ- :—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. ὀμοσθήσομαι And.3.34
: [tense] aor. ὠμόσθην X.HG7.4.10
, ([etym.] ὑπ-) Hyp.Fr. 202 ; but ὠμόθην Is.2.40
, ([etym.] ὑπ-) D.48.25 : [tense] pf. [ per.] 3sg. ὀμώμοται A.Ag. 1284
, ὀμώμοσται E.Rh. 816
, Arist.Rh. 1377a11 ; [ per.] 3pl. ὀμώμονται Lexap.And. 1.98 ; part. ὀμωμοσμένος D.7.10
, 22.4, Arist.Rh. 1377b7 ( ὠμοσμένος v. l. in App.Pun.83, etc.):—swear, c. acc. cogn., ὀμνυέτω δέ τοι ὅρκον Il.19.175
, al. ; ὅτις κ' ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσῃ 3.279
; ἑκὼν ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσας Hes.Op. 282
: c. dat. pers., νῦν μοι ὄμοσσον.. ὅρκον Il.19.108
, al. ; πρός τινα Od.14.331
, 19.288 :—[voice] Pass., ὀμώμοται γὰρ ὅοκος ἐκ θεῶν A.Ag. 1284
; ὅρκων ὀμωμος μένων D.7.10
; εἰ ὀμώμοσται οὗτος [ὁ ὅρκος] Arist. Rh. 1377a11
, cf. b7.

II swear to a thing, affirm or confirm by oath,

1 folld. by acc., ταῦτα δ' ἐγὼν ἐθέλω ὀμόσαι Il.19.187
, cf. S.OC 1145, X.Ages.1.11 ; ὄ. τὰς σπονδάς Foed. ap. Th.5.47 ; τὴν εἰρήνην D.18.32
, cf. 9.16 ; θεῶν πίστεις τινί Th.5.30
, etc.

2 folld. by [tense] fut. inf., swear that one will.., Il.21.373, etc., cf. S.Ph. 623, 941 ([tense] pres. inf., D.21.188 codd.): freq. with ἦ μέν, [dialect] Att. ἦ μήν, preceding the inf., καί μοι ὄμοσσον ἦ μέν μοι.. ἀρήξειν Il.1.76
, cf. 10.321, Lys.31.1, X.HG 5.3.26, etc.: also by [tense] aor. inf. and ἄν, Id.An.7.7.40 : by [tense] pres. inf., swear that one does.., S.Ph. 357 : by [tense] pf. inf., swear that one has.., D.21.119 ; ὤμνυς μὴ γεγονέναι Magn.6
: by [tense] aor. inf., swear that one did.., ὀμνύουσι μὴ 'κπιεῖν ἀλλ' ἢ μίαν Pherecr.143.9
, cf. Hdt.2.179 ([tense] aor. inf. is perh. used, without ἄν, in [tense] fut. sense, D.23.170 (s. v. l.)): sts. a clause follows in the ind., ὀμνύω.., ἦ μὴν ἐγὼ ἐθυόμην X.An. 6.1.31
; ὄμνυμί σοι.., οὐκ ἤθελον.. Theoc.Adon.22
.

3 abs., εἶπον ὀμόσας ἄν I would have given my word of honour, Pl.Smp. 215d.

III with acc. of the person or thing sworn by, swear by, νῦν μοι ὄμοσσον ἀάατον Στυγὸς ὕδωρ Il.14.271
; γαιήοχον ἐννοσίγαιον ὄμνυθι 23.585
, cf. 15.40, Hdt.5.7, A.Th. 529, S.Tr. 1185, etc. ; ὀμωμοκὼς τοὺς θεούς D.18.217
; ὄμνυμι θεοὺς καὶ θεάς folld. by inf., X.An.6.6.17, cf. 6.1.31 : rarely c. dat., τῷ γὰρ ὄμνυτ'; ἢ σιδαρέοισι; Ar.Nu. 248 : in Prose also with Preps., ὀ. καθ' ἱερῶν τελείων Lex ap.And.1.97, Th.5.47 ; κατ' ἐξωλείας D.21.119
; κατὰ τῆς Πολιάδος Luc.Symp.32
; εἰς τὸν Οὐιτέλλιον Plu.Oth.18
; ἐπὶ τῶν ἱερῶν Plb.38.20.5
; ἐν Κυρίῳ LXXJd.21.7
; ἐν τῷ ναῷ Ev.Matt.23.16
:—[voice] Pass., ὀμώμοσται Ζεύς Zeus has been sworn by, adjured, E.Rh. 816, cf. Ar.Nu. 1241.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὄμνυμι
2 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
3 HAFA

have

* * *

(hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.

1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);

hafa elda, to keep up a five;

2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);

3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);

4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);

orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;

hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;

hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;

hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;

hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;

hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;

5) to have, hold, maintain;

hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;

hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;

hafa heilindi, to have good health;

6) to bring, carry;

hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;

hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;

hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;

7) to take, carry off;

troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;

8) to get, gain, win;

hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;

hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;

hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;

hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;

hafa betr (verr), to get the better (worse) of it;

hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;

hafa tafl, to win the game;

hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;

hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;

hafa sigr, to be worsted;

hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;

hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;

hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;

with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);

ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;

9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);

hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;

hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;

10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;

hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;

hafa sik vel, to behave;

hafa vel, to be well off or happy;

hafa hart, to be in a wretched plight;

11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;

lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;

12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);

hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;

nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;

svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;

ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;

13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;

hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;

ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;

later with indecl. neut. pp.;

hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;

14) with preps.:

hafa e-t at, to do, act;

hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;

absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;

hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);

hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;

hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;

hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;

hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;

hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one;

hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;

hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;

var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;

hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);

ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;

hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;

eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;

hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;

hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;

hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;

höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;

hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);

hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;

vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;

hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;

hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;

orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;

keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;

hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;

hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);

Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;

hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;

hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;

hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;

hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;

hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);

hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;

hafa sik við, to exert oneself;

hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;

hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;

hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;

haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;

haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;

15) refl., hafast.

* * *

pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.

A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.

II. to hold:

1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.

2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.

3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.

4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.

5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.

6. with prepp. or infin.,

α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.

β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.

III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.

2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.

IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.

2. with prepp.:

α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.

β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)

γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.

B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:

I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.

II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.

III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.

2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.

3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.

4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.

IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:

1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.

2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.

V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.

C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.

2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.

D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:

I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,

α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.

β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.

γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.

II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.

III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.

E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:

I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).

2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.

II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.

2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.

β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.

F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.

β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.

2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.

3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.

4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.

II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)

G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:

I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:

1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).

2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).

β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?

II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:

1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.

2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.

3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.

4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.

☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, that

α. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.

β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.

γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HAFA
4 περί

περί, Thess., Delph. περ IG9(2).517.17 (iii B.C.), al., Schwyzer 323 A4 (v/iv B.C.), also [dialect] Aeol., v. infr. A. V ; Elean παρ ib.413.4: Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.:—

A round about, all round (prop. different from ἀμφί, on both sides). (Cogn. with Skt. pári 'round about'.)

A WITH GENITIVE,

I of Place, sts. in Poets, round about, around, τετάνυστο π. σπείους ἡμερίς Od.5.68
; τείχη π. Δαρδανίας E. Tr. 818
(lyr., s.v.l.); εἴλυμα π. χροός A.R.2.1129
: rarely, like ἀμφί, on both sides, v. περιβαίνω 1 fin.

2 about near, π. σοῦ πάντα γένοιτο ῥόδα IG14.2508
([place name] Nemausus).

II to denote the object about or for which one does something:

1 with Verbs of fighting or contending, π. τινός for an object—from the notion of the thing's lying in the middle to be fought about, π. τῶνδε for these prizes, Il.23.659 ; π. πτόλιος.. μαχήσεται 18.265
; π. Πατρόκλοιο θανόντος ib. 195, cf. 17.120; π. σεῖο 3.137
; π. νηὸς ἔχον πόνον 15.416
; ἀμύνεσθαι π. πάτρης, π. νηῶν, π. τέκνων, 12.243, 142, 170, etc.; δόλους καὶ μῆτιν ὕφαινον, ὥς τε π. ψυχῆς since it was for my life, Od.9.423 ; π. ψυχῆς θέον Ἕκτορος Il.22.161
; π. ψυχέων ἐμάχοντο Od.22.245
; in Prose, τρέχειν π. ἑωυτοῦ, π. τῆς ψυχῆς, Hdt.7.57,9.37; ἀγῶνας δραμέονται π. σφέων αὐτῶν Id.8.102
; νεναυμάχηκε τὴν π. τῶν κρεῶν Ar. Ra. 191
; <τὸν> π. τοῦ παντὸς δρόμον θέοντες Hdt.8.74
; κινδυνεύειν π. τινός ibid., etc.; οὐ π. τῶν ἴσων ὁ κίνδυνός ἐστι X.HG7.1.7
; and without a Verb, π. γῆς ὅρων διαφοραί Th.1.122
; π. πάντων ἀγαθῶν ὁ ἀγών X.Cyr. 3.3.44
, cf. S.Aj. 936(lyr.), etc.; μάχη π. τινός Pl.Tht. 179d
; ἐπειγόμενοι π. νίκης Il.23.437
, cf. 639, Hdt.8.26 ; πεῖραν θανάτου π. καὶ ζωᾶς ἀναβάλλεσθαι Pi.N.9.29
; π. θανάτου φεύγειν Antipho 5.95
; but ἐρίσσαι π. μύθων contend about speaking, i. e. who can speak best, Il.15.284 ; καὶ ἀθανάτοισιν ἐρίζεσκον π. τόξων Od.8.225
, cf. 24.515.

2 with words which denote care or anxiety, about, on account of, π. Τρώων.. μερμηρίζειν Il.20.17
; ἄχος π. τινός Od.21.249
; φόνου π. βουλεύειν 16.234
; φροντίζειν π. τινός Hdt.8.36
, etc.; κήδεσθαι π. τ. S.Ph. 621
; δεδιέναι π. τ. Pl.Prt. 320a
, etc.; ἀπολογεῖσθαι π. τ. X.Cyr.2.2.13
; κρίνειν, διαγιγνώσκειν π. τ., Pi.N.5.40, Antipho 5.96; π. τ. ψηφίζεσθαι, διαψηφίζεσθαι, ψῆφον φέρειν, IG12.57.42, X.HG2.3.50, Lycurg.11 ; βουλεύεσθαι π. τῆς κοινῆς σωτηρίας Isoc.5.69
; π. Μεθωναίων IG12.57.49
; διανοεῖσθαι, σκοπεῖν π. τινός, Pl.Phdr. 270d, Phd. 65e; μαντεύεσθαι π. τ. Hdt.8.36
, cf. S.Tr.77 ; π. πότου γοῦν ἐστί σοι; so with you it is a question of drink? Ar.Eq.87, cf. Plu.2.43b.

3 with Verbs of hearing, knowing, speaking, etc., about, concerning, π. νόστου ἄκουσα Od.19.270
; οἶδα γὰρ εὖ π. κείνου 17.563
; π. πομπῆς μνησόμεθα 7.191
; π. πατρὸς ἐρέσθαι 1.135
, 3.77 ; π. τινὸς ἐρέειν, λέγειν, λόγον ποιήσασθαι, etc., Hdt. 1.5, S.OT 707, X.Cyr.1.6.13, etc.; λέγειν καὶ ἀκούειν π. ἑκάστου Th.4.22
, etc.; λόγος π. τινός Pl.Prt. 347b
, etc.; ἡ π. τινὸς φήμη Aeschin.1.48
; π. τινὸς ἀγγεῖλαι, κηρῦξαι, S.El. 1111, Ant. 193 ; π. τινὸς διελθεῖν, διεξελθεῖν, διηγεῖσθαι, Isoc.9.2, Pl.Plt. 274b, Euthphr.6c, etc.; παίζειν π. τινός X.Mem.1.3.8
; ἐμπειροτέρως ἔχειν π. τινός Aeschin.1.82
; νόμον γράψαι π. τινός X.HG2.3.52
, etc.; νόμῳ χρῆσθαι π. τινός S.Ant. 214
.

4 of impulse or motive rather than object, ἐμαρνάσθην ἔριδος πέρι fought for very enmity, Il.7.301, cf. 16.476, 20.253.

5 about, in regard to, μεμηνυμένος π. τινός Th.6.53
; οὕτως ἔσχε π. τοῦ πρήγματος τούτου Hdt.1.117
; τὰ π. τῶν Πλαταιῶν γεγενημένα Th.2.6
; τὸ π. τούτου γεγονός Plb.1.54.5
: in Prose freq. without a Verb, ἡ π. τῶν Μαντινικῶν πρᾶξις Th.6.88
; τὰ π. τινός the circumstances of.., ib.32, 8.14,26, etc. (cf. infr. C. 1.5); οὕτω δὴ καὶ π. τῶν ἀρετῶν (sc. ἔχει) Pl.Men. 72c, cf. R. 534b, 551c, etc.; π. τοῦ καταλειφθῆναι τὸν σῖτον as for reserving the corn, PMich.Zen.28.5 (iii B.C.): without the Art., ἀριθμοῦ πέρι as to number, Hdt.7.102; χρηστηρίων δὲ πέρι .. Id.2.54.

III before, above, beyond, of superiority, chiefly in [dialect] Ep., π. πάντων ἔμμεναι ἄλλων Il.1.287
; π. δ' ἄλλων φασὶ γενέσθαι 4.375
; τετιμῆσθαι π. πάντων 9.38
; ὃν π. πάσης τῖεν ὁμηλικίης 5.325
; ὃν.. π. πάντων φίλατο παίδων 20.304
; π. πάντων ἴδριες ἀνδρῶν Od.7.108
; κρατερὸς π. πάντων Il.21.566
, cf. 1.417, Od.11.216: in this sense freq. divided from its gen., π. φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων in understanding to be beyond them, Il.17.171, cf. 1.258, Od.1.66 ; π. μὲν εἶδος, π. δ' ἔργα τέτυκτο τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν Il.17.279
; π. μὲν κρατέεις, π. δ' αἴσυλα ῥέζεις ἀνδρῶν 21.214
; π. δ' ἔγχει Ἀχαιῶν φέρτατός ἐσσι 7.289
, cf. Pi.O.6.50, Theoc. 25.119.—In this sense π. is sts. adverbial, and the gen. is absent, v. infr. E. II.

IV in Hdt. and [dialect] Att. Prose, to denote value, ἡμῖν π. πολλοῦ ἐστι it is of much consequence, worth much, to us, Hdt.1. 120, cf. Antipho 6.3 ; π. πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαί τινας to reckon them for, i.e. worth, much, Hdt.1.73, X.Mem.2.3.10, etc.; π. πλείονος, π. πλείστου ποιεῖσθαι, Id.An.7.7.44, Cyr.7.5.60 ; π. πλείστου ἡγεῖσθαι Th.2.89
; π. παντὸς ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr.1.4.1
; π. ἐλάττονος ἡγούμενοι, π. οὐδενὸς ἡγήσασθαι, Lys.2.71,31.31.

V [dialect] Aeol. περί and περ = ὑπέρ, στροῦθοι περὶ γᾶς.. δίννεντες πτέρα Sapph.1.10; περ κεφάλας prob. in Alc.93, cf. 18 ; περρ ἁπαλῶ στύματός σε πεδέρχομαι Theoc.29.25
; also Hellenistic, ὃ διέγραψε Προῖτος περί μου paid on my behalf, PCair. Zen.790.23 (iii B. C.), cf. UPZ57.12 (ii B. C.).

B WITH DATIVE (in [dialect] Att. Prose mostly in signf. 11, esp. in Th.),

I of Place, round about, around, of close-fitting dresses, armour, etc., ἔνδυνε π. στήθεσσι χιτῶνα Il.10.21
; χιτῶνα π. χροῒ δῦνεν Od.15.60
; δύσετο τεύχεα καλὰ π. χροΐ Il.13.241
; ἕσσαντο π. χροῒ χαλκόν Od.24.467
; κνημῖδας.. π. κνήμῃσιν ἔθηκε Il.11.17
; βεβλήκει τελαμῶνα π. στήθεσσι 12.401
: in Prose, π. τῇσι κεφαλῇσι εἶχον τιάρας Hdt.7.61
; θώρακα π. τοῖς στέρνοις ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.13
; οἱ στρεπτοὶ οἱ π. τῇ δέρῃ καὶ τὰ ψέλια π. ταῖς χερσί ib.1.3.2. ; π. τῇ χειρὶ δακτύλιον ὄντα Pl.R. 359e
, etc.; χαλκὸς ἔλαμπε π. στήθεσσι Il.13.245
; χιτῶνα π. στήθεσσι δαΐξαι 2.416
; πήληξ.. κονάβησε π. κροτάφοισι 15.648
; in other relations, π. δ' ἔγχεϊ χεῖρα καμεῖται will grow weary by grasping the spear, 2.389 ; δράκων ἑλισσόμενος π. χειῇ 22.95
; κνίση ἑλισσομένη π. καπνῷ 1.317
; π. σταχύεσσιν ἐέρση 23.598
; μάρναντο π. Σκαιῇσι πύλῃσιν 18.453
: rarely in Trag., π. βρέτει πλεχθείς A.Eu. 259
(lyr.); κεῖται νεκρὸς π. νεκρῷ S.Ant. 1240
.

2 in Poets, also, around a weapon, i. e. spitted upon it, transfixed by it, π. δουρὶ πεπαρμένη Il.21.577
; ἐρεικόμενος π. δουρί 13.441
; κυλινδόμενος π. χαλκῷ 8.86
; π. δουρὶ ἤσπαιρε 13.570
; πεπτῶτα π. ξίφει S.Aj. 828
; αἷμα ἐρωήσει π. δουρί Il.1.303
.

3 of a warrior standing over a dead comrade so as to defend him, ἀμφὶ δ' ἄρ' αὐτῷ βαῖν', ὥς τις π. πόρτακι μήτηρ 17.4
; ἑστήκει, ὥς τίς τε λέων π. οἷσι τέκεσσι ib. 133 ; Αἴας π. Πατρόκλῳ.. βεβήκει ib. 137, cf. 355 ; π. σκύμνοισι βεβηκώς Ar.Eq. 1039
.

II of an object for or about which one struggles (cf. supr. A. 11.1), π. οἷσι μαχειόμενος κτεάτεσσι Od.17.471
; μαχήσασθαι π. δαιτί 2.245
; π. παιδὶ μάχης πόνος Il.16.568
; ἄνδρα π. ᾗ πατρίδι μαρνάμενον Tyrt.10.2
; π. τοῖς φιλτάτοις κυβεύειν Pl.Prt. 314a
; π. τῇ Σικελίᾳ ἔσται ὁ ἀγών Th.6.34
codd.; κινδυνεύειν π. αὑτῷ Antipho 5.6
.

2 with Verbs denoting care, anxiety, or the opposite (cf. supr. A. 11.2), π. γὰρ δίε ποιμένι λαῶν, μή τι πάθοι Il.5.566
; ἔδεισεν δὲ π. ξανθῷ Μενελάῳ 10.240
, cf. 11.557; δεδιότες π. τῷ χωρίῳ Th.1.60
, cf. 74, 119, Ar.Eq.27; θαρρεῖν π. τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῇ Pl.Phd. 114d
, cf. Tht. 148c; π. πλέγματι γαθεῖ Theoc.1.54
.

3 generally, of the cause or occasion, on account of, by reason of, ἀτύζεσθαι π. καπνῷ, v.l. for ὑπὸ καπνοῦ in Il.8.183; μὴ π. Μαρδονίῳ πταίσῃ ἡ Ἑλλάς Hdt.9.101
; π. σφίσιν αὐτοῖς πταῖσαι Th.6.33
; π. αὑτῷ σφαλῆναι Id.1.69
: in Poets, π. δείματι for fear, Pi.P.5.58 ; π. τιμᾷ in honour or praise, ib.2.59; π. τάρβει, π. φόβῳ, A.Pers. 696 (lyr.), Ch.35(lyr.); π. χάρματι h.Cer. 429
:—but π. θυμῷ is f.l. in Hdt.3.50.

C WITH ACCUSATIVE,

I of Place, prop. of the object round about which motion takes place, π. βόθρον ἐφοίτων came flocking round the pit, Od.11.42 ; π. νεκρὸν ἤλασαν ἵππους Il.23.13
; π. τέρματα ἵπποι τρωχῶσι 22.162
; ἄστυ πέρι.. διώκειν ib. 173, 230 ; ἐρύσας π. σῆμα 24.16
, cf. 51, etc.; π. φρένας ἤλυθ' ἰωή 10.139
; π. φρένας ἤλυθε οἶνος Od.9.362
: also of extension round, ἑστάμεναι π. τοῖχον, π. βωμόν, Il.18.374, Od.13.187, etc.; λέξασθαι π. ἄστυ Il.8.519
; μάρνασθαι π. ἄ. 6.256
, etc.; φυλάσσοντας π. μῆλα 12.303
; οἳ π. Πηνειὸν.. ναίεσκον, π. Δωδώνην.. οἰκί' ἔθεντο, 2.757, 750; σειρήν κεν π. ῥίον Οὐλύμποιο δησαίμην 8.25
, cf. Od.18.67: in Prose, ἰκριῶσαι π. τὼ ἀγάλματε IG12.371.22
; φυλακὰς δεῖ π. τὸ στρατόπεδον εἶναι X.An. 5.1.9
; π. τὴν κρήνην εὕδειν somewhere near it, Pl.Phdr. 259a, cf. X.Cyr. 1.2.9; εἶναι π. τὸν λαγώ Id.Cyn.4.4
; π. λίθον πεσών upon it, Ar.Ach. 1180; π. αὑτὰ καταρρεῖν collapse upon themselves, D.2.10; ταραχθεῖσαι [αἱ νῆες] π. ἀλλήλας Th.7.23
; πλεῦνες π. ἕνα many to one, Hdt.7.103 ; π. τὸν ἄρξαντα.. τὸ ἀδίκημά ἐστι is imputable to him who.., Antipho 4.4.2 : freq. with a Subst. only, ἡ π. Λέσβον ναυμαχία the sea-fight off Lesbos, X.HG2.3.32 ; οἱ π. τὴν Ἔφεσον Pl.Tht. 179e
; στρατηγοὶ π. Πελοπόννησον IG12.324.18
: strengthd., π. τ' ἀμφί τε τάφρον Il.17.760
; π. τ' ἀμφί τε κύματα Hes.Th. 848
; cf. ἀμφί c. 1.2.

2 of persons who are about one, ἔχειν τινὰ π. αὑτόν X.HG5.3.22
; esp. οἱ π. τινά a person's attendants, connexions, associates, or colleagues, οἱ π. τὸν Πείσανδρον πρέσβεις Th.8.63
; οἱ π. Ἡράκλειτον his school, Pl.Cra. 440c, cf. X.An.1.5.8, etc.; οἱ π. Ἀρχίαν πολέμαρχοι Archias and his colleagues, Id.HG5.4.2, cf. An.2.4.2, etc.; οἱ π. τινά so-and-so and his family, PGrenf.1.21.16 (ii B.C.), etc.; later οἱ π. τινά, periphr. for the person himself, οἱ π. Φαβρίκιον Fabricius, Plu.Pyrrh.20, cf. Tim.13, IGRom.3.883.14 (Tarsus, ii/iii A.D.); cf. ἀμφί C. 1.3.

3 of the object about which one is occupied or concerned, π. δόρπα πονεῖσθαι, π. δεῖπνον πένεσθαι, Il.24.444, Od.4.624 (but π. τεύχε' ἕπουσι, tmesis for περιέπουσι, Il.15.555); later mostly εἶναι π. τι, Th.7.31, X.HG2.2.4; γενέσθαι Isoc.3.12
; π. γυναῖκας γενέσθαι Vett. Val.17.20; ὄντων ἡμῶν π. ταύτην τὴν πραγματείαν D.48.6
; διατρῖψαι π. τὴν θήραν X.Cyr.1.2.11
, etc.: less freq. ἔχειν π. τινάς Id.HG7.4.28
, Gal.15.442; in periphr. phrases, οἱ π. τὴν ποίησιν καὶ τοὺς λόγους ὄντες poets and orators, Isoc.12.35 ; οἱ π. τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ὄντες Id.9.8
; οἱ π. τὴν μουσικήν ib.4 ; οἱ π. τὰς τελετάς ministers of the mysteries, Pl.Phd. 69c ; ὁ π. τὸν ἵππον the groom, X. Eq.6.3; cf. ἀμφί C. 1.6.

4 round or about a place, and so in, π. νῆσον ἀλώμενοι Od.4.368
, cf. 90; ἐμέμηκον π. σηκούς 9.439
; ἃν π. ψυχὰν γάθησεν in his heart, Pi.P.4.122 ; χρονίζειν π. Αἴγυπτον Hdt.3.61
, cf. 7.131; εὕροι ἄν τις [βασιλείας] π. τοὺς βαρβάρους Pl.R. 544d
, etc.; οἱ π. Φωκίδα τόποι Plb.5.24.12
, etc.

5 about, in the case of, τὰ π. τὴν Αἴγυπτον γεγονότα, τὰ π. Μίλητον γενόμενα, Hdt.3.13, 6.26 ; εὐσεβεῖν π. θεούς Pl.Smp. 193a
; ἀσεβεῖν π. ξένους X.Cyr.5.2.10
; ἁμαρτάνειν π. τινάς Id.An.3.2.20
; ἀνήρ ἐστιν ἀγαθὸς π. τὸν δῆμον τὸν Ἀθηναίων IG12.59.10
; ἄνδρ' ἀγαθὸν ὄντα Μαραθῶνι π. τὴν πόλιν Ar.Ach. 696
; τοιαύτην γνώμην ἔχειν π. τὸν πατέρα Lys.10.21
; οὐδεμία συμφορὴ.. ἔσται.. π. οἶκον τὸν σόν Hdt.8.102
; ποιέειν or πράττειν τι π. τινά, Id.1.158, Pl.Grg. 507a; τὰ π. Πρηξάσπεα πρηχθέντα Hdt.3.76
; καινοτομεῖν π. τὰ θεῖα Pl. Euthphr.3b
; π. θεοὺς μὴ σωφρονεῖν X.Mem.1.1.20
; σπουδάζειν π. τινά promote his cause, Isoc.1.10: without a Verb, αἱ π. τοὺς παῖδας συμφοραί X.Cyr.7.2.20
; ἡ π. αὑτὸν ἐπιμέλεια Isoc.9.2
; ἡ π. ἡμᾶς ἡνιόχησις Pl.Phdr. 246b
: generally, of all relations, about, concerning, in respect of, π. μὲν τοὺς ἰχθύας οὕτως ἔχει Hdt.2.93
, cf. 8.86; πονηρὸν π. τὸ σῶμα Pl.Prt. 313d
; ἀκόλαστος π. ταῦτα Aeschin.1.42
; γελοῖος π. τὰς διατριβάς ib.126 ; ξυνηνέχθη θόρυβος π. τὸν Ἀστύοχον Th.8.84
; as to (cf. A. 11.5), π. τὸ παρὸν πάθος Pl.Tht. 179c
, cf. Phd. 65a : freq. in place of an Adj., ὄργανα ὅσα π. γεωργίαν, i.e. γεωργικά, Id.R. 370d ; οἱ νόμοι οἱ π. τοὺς γάμους Id.Cri. 50d
; αἱ π. τὰ μαθήματα ἡδοναί Id.Phlb. 51e
; also in place of a gen., οἱ π. Αυσίαν λόγοι the speeches of L., Id.Phdr. 279a; ἡ π. Φίλιππον τυραννίς the despotism of P., X.HG5.4.2 ; ἀκρασίας τῆς π. τὸν θυμόν Arist.EN 1149b19
: in Prose, to denote circumstances connected with any person or thing, τὰ π. Κῦρον, τὰ π. Ἑλένην, τὰ π. Βάττον, Hdt.1.95, 2.113, 4.154 ; τὰ π. τὸν Ἄθων the works at Mount Athos, Id.7.37; τὰ π. τὰς ναῦς naval affairs, Th.1.13; τὰ π. τὴν ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for τῆς ναυμαχίας ) the events of.., Id.8.63; τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον Pl.R. 468a
; τὰ π. τὸ σῶμα Id.Phdr. 246d
; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς X.Cyr.8.1.23
, etc.; cf. ἀμφί c.1.4.

II of Time, π. λύχνων ἁφάς about the time of lamp-lighting, Hdt.7.215; π. μέσας νύκτας about midnight, X.An.1.7.1; π. πλήθουσαν ἀγοράν ib.2.1.7; π. ἡλίου δυσμάς ib.6.5.32 ; π. τούτους τοὺς χρόνους Th.3.89
, etc.

2 of round numbers, π. ἑβδομήκοντα about seventy, Id.1.54; π. ἑπτακοσίους X.HG2.4.5
, etc.

D Position: π. may follow its Subst., when it suffers anastrophe, ἄστυ πέρι Il.22.173
; ἔριδος πέρι 16.476
: most freq. with gen., τοῦδε πράγματος πέρι A.Eu. 630
; τῶνδε βουλεύειν πέρι Id.Th. 248
, etc. (S. only once uses it before its gen., Aj. 150 (anap.)): in Prose, σφέων αὐτῶν πέρι Hdt.8.36
; σοφίας πέρι Pl.Phlb. 49a
; δικαίων τε πέρι καὶ ἀδίκων Id.Grg. 455a
, etc.; γραμμάτων εἴπομεν ὡς οὐχ ἱκανῶς ἔχεις πέρι Id.Lg. 809e
, cf. Ap. 19c.

E περί abs., as ADV., around, about, also, near, by, freq. in Hom., γέλασσε δὲ πᾶσα π. χθών Il.19.362
, al.: strengthd.,
περί τ' ἀμφί τε κάλλος ἄητο
round about, h.Cer.276
, cf. Call.Hec.1.1.13.

II before or above others (cf. A. 111), exceedingly, only [dialect] Ep., in which case it commonly suffers anastrophe, Τυδεΐδη, πέρι μέν σε τίον Δαναοί Il.8.161
, cf. 9.53; σε χρὴ πέρι μὲν φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι ib. 100; τοι πέρι δῶκε θεὸς πολεμήϊα ἔργα 13.727
; ἅ οἱ πέρι δῶκεν Ἀθήνη Od.2.116
, cf. 7.110; πέρι γάρ μιν ὀϊζυρὸν τέκε μήτηρ 3.95
; πέρι κέρδεα οἶδεν 2.88
; τὸν πέρι Μοῦσ' ἐφίλησεν 8.63
.

2 π. does not suffer anastrophe in the [dialect] Ep. phrase π. κῆρι right heartily, π. κῆρι φίλησε Il.13.430
, etc. ( κῆρι φιλεῖν alone, 9.117); ἀπέχθωνται π. κῆρι 4.53
; π. κῆρι τιέσκετο ib.46, cf. Od.5.36, 7.69; π. κῆρι.. ἐχολώθη Il.13.206
; also π. φρεσὶν ἄσπετος ἀλκή 16.157
; π. φρεσὶν αἴσιμα ᾔδη Od.14.433
; ἀλύσσοντες π. θυμῷ Il.22.70
, cf. Od.14.146; π. σθένεϊ Il.17.22
.

3 for περὶ πρό, v. περιπρό.

4 περὶ κάτω bottom upwards, δῖνος π. κάτω τετραμμένος Stratt.34
, cf. Phot.; τὴν κόγχην στρέψας π. τὰ κάτω Ael.NA9.34
.

F IN COMPOS. all its chief senses recur, esp.

I extension in all directions as from a centre, all round, as in περιβάλλω, περιβλέπω, περιέχω.

II completion of an orbit and return to the same point, about, as in περιάγω, περιβαίνω, περίειμι ( εἶμι ibo), περιέρχομαι, περιστρέφω.

III a going over or beyond, above, before, as in περιβαίνω III, περιβάλλω v, περιγίγνομαι, περιεργάζομαι, περιτοξεύω.

IV generally, a strengthening of the simple notion, beyond measure, very, exceedingly, as in περικαλλής, περίκηλος, περιδείδω, like Lat. per-.

V the notion of double-ness which belongs to ἀμφί is found in only one poetic compd., περιδέξιος (q.v.).

G PROSODY: περί never suffers elision in Il. or Od. ( περ' ἰγνύσι h.Merc. 152
); once in Hes., περίαχε Th. 678
(cf. Q.S.3.601, 11.382), v. ἰάχω fin.; περ' ἰγνύῃσι Theoc.25.242
; περ' Ἠδάλιον Inscr.Cypr. 135.27
H.; also in Pi., περάπτων P.3.52
; περόδοις N.11.40
; περιδαῖος Fr. 154
; περ' αὐτᾶς P.4.265
; ταύτας περ' ἀτλάτου πάθας O.6.38
: not in Trag. (περεβάλοντο, περεσκήνωσεν are ff. ll. in A.Ag. 1147, Eu. 634); in Com. and codd. of Prose writers only in part. of περίειμι ( εἶμι ibo) (q. v.):—π. stands before a word beginning with a vowel in Com., περὶ Ἀθηνῶν, περὶ ἐμοῦ, Ar.Eq. 1005 sq.:—[dialect] Aeol. περρ metri gr., v. A. 5.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > περί
5 πλήσσω

πλήσσω, Nic.Al. 456, present used by Hom. and [dialect] Att. writers only in compd. ἐκπλ- (cf. πλήγνυμι); [dialect] Att. [full] πλήττω Arist.Ph. 224a33: [tense] fut.

A πλήξω A.Fr. 275
, and late Prose, Philostr.VA5.39, ([etym.] ἐπι-) Il.23.580, ([etym.] ἐκ-) Pl.R. 436e, ([etym.] κατα-) X.Lac.8.3: [tense] aor. ἔπληξα, [dialect] Ep. πλῆξα, Il.2.266, Hes.Th. 855, Hdt.3.64, and later Greek, J.AJ4.8.33, Plu. 2.233f, BGU759.14 (ii A.D.), etc.; [dialect] Dor. πλᾶξα Pi.N.1.49
; never in [dialect] Att. (E.IA 1579 is spurious) exc. in compds. ἐκ-, κατα- (qq. v.); in the simple Verb the [tense] fut. and [tense] aor. of πατάσσω or παίω are used instead, as also in LXX: [tense] pf. πέπληγα, subj. πεπλήγῃ Ar.Av. 1350
, inf. πεπληγέναι X.An.6.1.5
(dub., but read by Ath.1.15e), part. πεπληγώς Il.5.763
, al. (also in pass. sense in late writers, LXX 2 Ch.29.9, Plu.Luc.31, Luc.Trag.115, Q.S.5.91, etc.); later [tense] perf. πέπληχα Men.Epit. 485
, Sam.86, J.AJ4.8.33: [dialect] Ep. redupl. [tense] aor. 2 ἐπέπληγον Il.5.504
, πέπληγον 23.363
, Od.8.264; inf. πεπληγέμεν Il.16.728
, 23.660; but part. πεπλήγοντες in [tense] pres. sense, Call.Jov.53, Nonn.D.28.327:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. πλήξομαι ([etym.] κατα-) Plb.4.80.2, D.H.6.10, etc.: [tense] aor. ἐπληξάμην, [dialect] Ep. πληξάμην, h.Cer. 245, Hdt.3.14, and in late Prose, J.AJ16.10.7, ([etym.] κατα-) Plb.2.52.1, etc.; part. πληξάμενος Il.16.125
: [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor. 2 πεπλήγετο 12.162
, Od.13.198, πεπλήγοντο Il.18.51
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pres. πλήσσομαι Ptol.Harm.1.1
: [tense] fut. πληγήσομαι X.Cyr.2.3.10
, D.18.263 (but in compos. ἐκ-πλᾰγήσομαι); also πεπλήξομαι E.Hipp. 894
, Ar.Eq. 271, Pl.Tht. 180a: [tense] aor. ἐπλήχθην Ph.1.39
, Dsc.1.93, Placit.4.14.3, but mostly ἐπλήγην, Hdt.5.120, S.OC 605, etc. (the former nowhere in Trag., exc. ἐκ-πληχθείς E.Tr. 183
(lyr.)); part. πληγείς Il.8.12
, A.Th. 608, Frr.139, 180, Antipho4.4.3, etc.; [dialect] Dor. πλᾱγείς (v. infr. 1.1a ad fin.); [dialect] Aeol. πλάγεις [ᾱ] Alc.Supp.26.3; (ἐπλάγην [ᾰ] only in compds. ἐξ-, κατ-, of persons struck with terror or amazement): [tense] pf. πέπληγμαι Hdt.1.41
, etc.—in [dialect] Att. and Trag., also LXX, the simple Verb is scarcely found exc. in [tense] fut. 2 and 3, [tense] aor. 2, and [tense] pf. [voice] Pass., but [tense] fut. [voice] Act. is used once by A., [tense] pf. 2 πέπληγα by Ar. and X. (v. supr.); Hdt. uses the [voice] Act. ([tense] aor. ) only in 3.64,78.—The [tense] pres. πλήσσω, πλήσσομαι are unknown to [dialect] Att. writers (also to LXX, exc. 4 Ma.14.19), who use the [tense] pres. [voice] Act. and [voice] Pass. of παίω, τύπτω instead (v. sub his vv.); whereas the [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Pass. ἐπλήγην is used instead of ἐπαίσθην, ἐπατάχθην, or ἐτύφθην ([etym.] ἐτύπην): hence παίσαντές τε καὶ πληγέντες S.Ant. 172
; πότερον πρότερος ἐπλήγην ἢ ἐπάταξα Lys.4.15
; πατάξας καταβάλλω, opp. πληγεὶς κατέπεσεν, Id.1.25,27; ὁ πληγεὶς ἀεὶ τῆς πληγῆς ἔχεται, κἂν ἑτέρωσε πατάξῃ τις, ἐκεῖσ' εἰσὶν αἱ χεῖρες D.4.40
; ὅταν ὁ μὲν πληγῇ, ὁ δὲ πατάξῃ Arist.EN 1132a8
; πατάξαι ἢ πληγῆναι Id.Rh. 1377a21
; so in D.21.33,38 the [voice] Act. πατάξαι corresponds with the [voice] Pass. πληγῆναι in ib.36,39:—strike, smite, freq. in Hom., esp. of a direct blow, opp. βάλλειν (οὔτε πληγέντα.., οὔτε βληθέντα Hdt.6.117
), πλῆξεν.. κόρυθος φάλον Il.3.362
; σκήπτρῳ δὲ μετάφρενον ἠδὲ καὶ ὤμω πλῆξεν 2.266
, cf. 16.791; πλήξας ξίφει αὐχένα ib. 332; μή τις.. ἐμὲ χειρὶ βαρείῃ πλήξῃ Od.18.57
, etc.; ἱστὸς.. πλῆξε κυβερνήτεω κεφαλήν 12.412
: c. acc. dupl. pers. et rei, strike one on.., τὸν δ' ἄορι πλῆξ' αὐχένα Il.11.240
, etc.; τὸν.. ξίφεϊ.. κληῗδα παρ' ὦμον πλῆξ' 5.147
; τὸν.. κατ' ἄκνηστιν μέσα νῶτα πλῆξα Od.10.162
; πὺξ πεπληγέμεν, of boxers, Il.23.660; πλῆξ' αὐτοσχεδίην 12.192
; πεπληγὼς ἀγορῆθεν ἀεικέσσι πληγῇσιν having driven him with blows, 2.264; κῦμα.. μιν.. πλῆξεν struck him, Od.5.431; ὦσε ποδὶ πλήξας 22.20
; ἵππω πλήξαντε [ποσὶ τὸν νεκρόν] Il.5.588; πέπληγον χορὸν ποσίν Od.8.264
; ἵππους ἐς πόλεμον πεπληγέμεν whip on the horses to the fray, Il.16.728; of Zeus, strike with lightning, Hes. Th. 855:—[voice] Med., μηρὼ πληξάμενος having smitten his thighs, Il.16.125; καὶ ὣ πεπλήγετο μηρώ 12.162
(but στῆθος πλήξας Od.20.17
); πλήξασθαι τὴν κεφαλήν, as a token of grief, Hdt.3.14:—[voice] Pass., to be struck, smitten, πληγέντε κεραυνῷ stricken by lightning, Il.8.455, etc.; of a ship, Διὸς πληγεῖσα κ. Od.12.416
; of a tree, Hes.Sc. 422, cf. Th. 861; ἡ κριθὴ ἐπλήγη (by hail?) PPetr.2p.69 (iii B. C.): freq. in Trag., πληγεὶς θεοῦ μάστιγι A.Th. 608
; Διὸς πληγέντα.. πυρί E.Supp. 934
; πληγείς τινος stricken by a man, Id.Or. 497 (s.v.l.); ἔβραχε θύρετρα πληγέντα κληῗδι touched by the key, Od.21.50; ὥσπερ τὰ χαλκία πληγέντα.. ἠχεῖ Pl.Prt. 329a
; ὑπὸ δόρατος πλαγεὶς δι' ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν IG42(1).122.64
(Epid., iv B. C.): c. acc. cogn., πέπληγμαι καιρίαν πληγήν A.Ag. 1343
.

b sting, πληγεῖσα ὑπὸ σκορπίου Sammelb.1267.6
(i A. D.).

2 with acc. of the thing set in motion, κονίσαλον ἐς οὐρανὸν ἐπέπληγον πόδες ἵππων struck the dust up to heaven, Il.5.504; Ζεὺς ἐπ' Ἴδᾳ πλᾶξε κεραυνόν (for Ἴδαν πλᾶξε κεραυνῷ) Pi.N.10.71:—[voice] Pass., πλήσσονται λινέαις ὄρτυγες ἐν νεφέλαις are dashed against the nets, Call.Aet.3.1.37.

3 strike or stamp as one does a coin, Κύπριος χαρακτὴρ.. ἐν γυναικείοις τύποις.. πέπληκται A.Supp. 283
.

4 of musical sounds, οὑτωσὶ πληγέντα οὕτως ἐφθέγξατο τὰ φωνήεντα Plot.3.3.5
.

II metaph. in [voice] Pass., receive a blow, to be heavily defeated, Hdt.5.120, 8.130, Th.4.108, 8.38; to be stricken by misfortune, συμφορῇ πεπληγμένον Hdt.1.41
, cf. A.Ch. 31 (lyr.); στρατὸν τοσοῦτον πέπληγμαι I am smitten in so great a host, Id.Pers. 1015 (lyr.); διανταίαν δόμοισι καὶ σώμασιν πεπλαγμένους Id.Th. 896
(lyr.); φθινάσιν πληγεῖσα νόσοις S.Ant. 819
(anap.).

2 to be smitten emotionally, ἱμέρῳ πεπληγμένοι A.Ag. 544
; also πληγέντες δώροισι touched by bribes, Hdt.8.5; ἐξ ἔρωτος Hermesian. 7.42
; τὴν καρδίαν πληγεὶς ὑπὸ λόγων Pl.Smp. 218a
, etc.

3 [voice] Act. of wines, when smelt or drunk, overpower, τὴν κεφαλήν Gal.18(2).568
, 15.672; shock, κατασεισμὸς πλήσσει [τινὰ] βιαίως Sor.1.72
:— [voice] Pass., πληττομένη ἡ μήτρα Id.2.59
. (Cf. πλάζω, Lat.plango, Goth. faiflōkun (redupl.) 'they beat their breasts'.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πλήσσω
6 at

at or ast, conj. [Curtius connects the Sanscr. ati, ultra, nimis, the Gr. eti, the Lat. et, and at in atavus; Vanicek connects with these at, atque, and atqui. Thus the original idea of addition is prominent in eti, et, and atque; and the idea of opposition in at and atqui, which agree with at-ar in meaning as well as in form. After the same analogy, the Gr. pleon, more, has become plên, but; and the Lat. magis has passed into the same meaning in the Fr. mais and the Ital. mai. The confusion in MSS. between at, ac, and et, and between atque and atqui, was prob. caused as much by their connection in idea as in form] (it was sometimes, for the sake of euphony, written ad; cf. Quint. 12, 10; 12, 32; 1, 7, 5; Charis. p. 203 P., where, instead of at conjunctionem esse, ad vero praepositionem, the reading should be, ad conjunctionem esse, at vero praepositionem, Fr.; v. the pass. in its connection; cf. also Vel. Long. p. 2230 P.; Cassiod. p. 2287 P.; Mar. Vict. p. 2458 P. The form ast is found in the old laws; it occurs once in Trag. Rel., but never in Com. Rel. nor in Lucil.; at is found in Plautus about 280 times, and ast about 10 times; in Ter. at about 100 times, and ast once; in Hor. at 60 times, ast 3 times; in Verg. at 168 times, ast 16; in Juv. at 17 times, ast 7; Catull., Tibull., and Prop. use only at, and Pers. (Jahn) only ast; in prose, Cic. uses [p. 186] ast in his epistles. It joins to a previous thought a new one, either antithetical or simply different, and especially an objection; while sed denotes a direct opposition; and autem marks a transition, and denotes at once a connection and an opposition).
I.
In adding a diff., but not entirely opp. thought, a qualification, restriction, etc., moreover, but, yet; sometimes an emphasized (but never merely copulative) and.
A.
In gen.: SEI PARENTEM PVER VERBERIT AST OLE PLORASSIT PVER DIVEIS PARENTOM SACER ESTO, if the son strike his father, and the father complain, let the son, etc., Lex Serv. Tullii ap. Fest. s. v. plorare, p. 230 Müll.; Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 24: Philosophari est mihi necesse, at paucis, but only in a few words, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 65 Rib.:
DIVOS ET EOS QVI CAELESTES, SEMPER HABITI COLVNTO... AST OLLA PROPTER QVAE etc.,
Cic. Leg. 2, 8, 19; 3, 4, 11: hinc Remus auspicio se devovet atque secundam Solus avem servat. At Romulus pulcer in alto Quaerit Aventino, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 83 Vahl.); Plaut. Capt. 5, 4, 22:
si ego hic peribo, ast ille, ut dixit, non redit,
id. ib. 3, 5, 25:
paret Amor dictis carae genetricis. At Venus Ascanio placidam per membra quietem Inrigat,
Verg. A. 1, 691:
(Aeneas) finem dedit ore loquendi. At, Phoebi nondum patiens, immanis in antro Bacchatur vates,
id. ib. 6, 77; 11, 709 sq.: quo (odore) totum nati corpus perduxit;
at illi Dulcis compositis spiravit crinibus aura,
id. G. 4, 416; so id. ib. 4, 460; 4, 513; id. A. 3, 259; 3, 675; 7, 81; 8, 241; 9, 793; Prop. 4, 4, 15; 4, 7, 11; Luc. 3, 664; 4, 36 al.—Also in prose (chiefly post-Aug.):
una (navis) cum Nasidianis profugit: at ex reliquis una praemissa Massiliam, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 7:
ubi facta sunt, in unum omnia miscentur. At pastilli haec ratio est, etc.,
Cels. 5, 17; 6, 18:
quamquam insideret urbem proprius miles, tres urbanae, novem praetoriae cohortes Etruriā ferme Umbriāque delectae aut vetere Latio et coloniis antiquitus Romanis. At apud idonea provinciarum sociae triremes etc.,
Tac. A. 4, 5; 4, 6:
negavit aliā se condicione adlecturum, quam si pateretur ascribi albo, extortum sibi a matre. At illa commota etc.,
Suet. Tib. 51; id. Calig. 15; 44; id. Vesp. 5; id. Dom. 4; id. Galb. 7 al.—In the enumeration of particulars:
Cum alio cantat, at tamen alii suo dat digito litteras, Naev., Com. Rel. p. 20 Rib.: dant alios aliae (silvae) fetus: dant utile lignum Navigiis pinos... At myrtus validis hastilibus et bona bello Cornus,
Verg. G. 2, 447:
Nam neque tum stellis acies obtunsa videtur... At nebulae magis etc.,
id. ib. 1, 401; 3, 87; id. A. 7, 691:
Hic altā Sicyone, ast hic Amydone relictā, Hic Andro, etc.,
Juv. 3, 69.— The Vulg. often uses at as a mere continuative, where even et or atque might stand: sciscitabur ab iis ubi Christus nasceretur. At illi dixerunt ei: In etc., Matt. 2, 5; 4, 20; 8, 32; 14, 29; 15, 34 et persaep.—In transition,
B.
Esp.,
1.
To a new narration, like the Gr. de; so the commencement of the fourth book of the Æneid: At regina gravi jam dudum saucia curā, etc. (the third book closes with the narrative of Æneas); so the beginning of the third book of the Thebaid of Statius: At non Aoniae moderator perfidus aulae, etc.; Verg. A. 4, 504; 5, 35; 5, 545; 5, 700; 5, 779; 6, 679; 7, 5; 8, 370; 8, 608; 9, 503; 10, 689; 11, 597; 12, 134 et saep.—Also in the postAug. histt. and other prose writers; so after speaking of the Ubii etc., Tac. says: At in Chaucis coeptavere seditionem praesidium agitantes etc., A. 1, 38; so ib. 4, 13; 12, 62; 14, 23 et saep.—
2.
To a wonderful, terrible, unexpected, or exciting occurrence or circumstance:
clamores simul horrendos ad sidera tollit, etc.... At gemini lapsu delubra ad summa dracones Effugiunt,
Verg. A. 2, 225; 3, 225:
Lacte madens illic suberat Pan ilicis umbrae, Et facta agresti lignea falce Pales etc. At quā Velabri regio patet etc.,
Tib. 2, 5, 33; Verg. G. 4, 471:
consurgit Turnus in ensem et ferit. Exclamant Troes trepidique Latini, Arrectaeque amborum acies. At perfidus ensis Frangitur in medio,
id. A. 12, 731; 10, 763:
adusque Supremum tempus, ne se penuria victūs Opprimeret metuebat. At hunc liberta securi divisit medium,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 99: Magnus quanto mucrone minatur Noctibus hibernis et sidera terret Orion. At sonipes habitus etc., Stat. S. 1, 1, 46.—
3.
To a passionate appeal, etc., in which case the antecedent clause is not expressed, but must be considered as existing in the mind of the speaker; cf. in Gr. alla su, su de.
a.
In passing to an interrogation, exhortation, request:
At, scelesta, viden ut ne id quidem me dignum esse existumat?
Plaut. As. 1, 2, 23; id. Aul. 1, 1, 8:
At qui nummos tristis inuncat?
Lucil. 15, 21 Müll.: Me. Sauream non novi. Li. At nosce sane, Plaut. As. 2, 4, 58: Ca. Non adest. Ps. At tu cita, id. Ps. 1, 1, 30:
satis habeo, at quaeso hercle etiam vide,
id. Merc. 5, 4, 53 (Ritschl, sat habeo. Sed):
at unum hoc quaeso... Ut, etc.,
id. Capt. 3, 5, 89:
at tu, qui laetus rides mala nostra caveto Mox tibi,
Tib. 1, 2, 87:
Hunc ut Peleus vidit, At inferias, juvenum gratissime Crantor, Accipe, ait,
Ov. M. 12, 367:
at tu, nauta, vagae ne parce malignus arenae Ossibus et capiti inhumato Particulam dare,
Hor. C. 1, 28, 23.—In prose:
at vide quid succenseat,
Cic. Fam. 7, 24, 2:
itaque pulsus ego civitate non sum, quae nulla erat: at vide, quam ista tui latrocinii tela contempserim,
id. Part. Or. 4, 1, 28; id. Dom. 44; App. M. 6, p. 179, 18.—
b.
In expressions of passion, astonishment, indignation, pain, etc.:
At ut scelesta sola secum murmurat,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 1, 13: Sc. Nunc quidem domi certost: certa res est Nunc nostrum opservare ostium, [ubi] ubist. Pa. At, Sceledre, quaeso, Ut etc., id. Mil. 2, 4, 46:
At o deorum quidquid in caelo regit Terras et humanum genus, Quid iste fert tumultus?
Hor. Epod. 5, 1:
At tibi quanta domus rutila testudine fulgens, etc.,
Stat. S. 2, 4, 11.—In prose:
horum omnium studium una mater oppugnat: at quae mater?
Cic. Clu. 70; id. Verr. 2, 2, 45:
at per deos immortales! quid est, quod de hoc dici possit,
id. ib. 2, 1, 46:
institui senatores, qui omnia indicum responsa perscriberent. At quos viros!
id. Sull. 42; id. Deiot. 19, 33:
tangit et ira deos: at non impune feremus,
Ov. M. 8, 279; 10, 724:
at tibi Colchorum, memini, regina vacavi,
id. H. 12, 1.—
c.
In indignant imprecations:
At te di omnes cum consilio, Calve, mactāssint malo! Pomp., Com. Rel. p. 245 Rib.: At te Juppiter diique omnes perdant!
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 37:
At te di deaeque faxint cum isto odio, Laches,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 59:
At te di perdant,
id. Eun. 3, 1, 41:
At tibi di dignum factis exitium duint,
id. And. 4, 1, 42:
At vobis male sit,
Cat. 3, 13:
At tibi, pro scelere, exclamat, pro talibus ausis Di... persolvant grates dignas et praemia reddant Debita!
Verg. A. 2, 535.—In prose:
At vos, ait, devota capita, respiciant di perjuriorum vindices,
Just. 14, 4, 10.—
d.
Rarely of friendly inclination, disposition:
At tibi di bene faciant omnes,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 18:
At tibi di semper, adulescens, quisquis es, faciant bene,
id. Men. 5, 7, 32:
At tu, Catulle, destinatus obdura,
Cat. 8, 19.—
e.
In entreaty:
At vos, o superi, miserescite regis,
Verg. A. 8, 572:
at tu, pater deūm hominumque, hinc saltem arce hostes,
Liv. 1, 12.—
II.
In adding an entirely opposite thought, but, but indeed, but on the other hand, on the contrary, etc. (the strictly class. signif. of the word).
A.
In gen.: at differentiam rerum significat: ut cum dicimus, Scipio est bellator, at M. Cato orator, Paul. ex Fest. p. 11 Müll.: splendet saepe, ast idem nimbis interdum nigret, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 170 Rib.: So. Mentire nunc. Me. At jam faciam, ut verum dicas dicere, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 189: So. Per Jovem juro med etc. Me. At ego per Mercurium juro, tibi etc., id. ib. 1, 1, 280:
Atque oppido hercle bene velle illud visus sum, Ast non habere quoi commendarem caprum,
id. Merc. 2, 1, 22:
fecit idem Themistocles... at idem Pericles non fecit,
Cic. Att. 7, 11, 3:
non placet M. Antonio consulatus meus, at placuit P. Servilio,
id. Phil. 2, 5, 12:
majores nostri Tusculanos Aequos... in civitatem etiam acceperunt, at Karthaginem et Numantiam funditus sustulerunt,
id. Off. 1, 11, 35: brevis a naturā nobis vita data est;
at memoria bene redditae vitae sempiterna,
id. Phil. 14, 12, 32; id. Cat. 2, 2, 3; id. Leg. 2, 18:
crebras a nobis litteras exspecta, ast plures etiam ipse mittito,
id. Att. 1, 16 fin.: Rejectis pilis comminus gladiis pugnatum est. At Germani phalange factā impetus gladiorum exceperunt, Caes. B. G. 1, 52:
Postquam Caesar dicendi finem fecit, ceteri verbo alius alii varie adsentiebantur. At M. Porcius Cato hujusce modi orationem habuit,
Sall. C. 52, 1:
hac iter Elysium nobis, at laeva... ad impia Tartara mittit,
Verg. A. 6, 542: T. Ante leves ergo pascentur in aethere cervi... M. At nos hinc alii sitientīs ibimus Afros, id. E. 1, 65: Dam. Malo me Galatea petit, lasciva puella... Men. At mihi sese offert ultro meus ignis Amyntas, id. ib. 3, 66; 7, 35; 7, 55; id. G. 1, 219; 1, 242; 1, 370; 2, 151; 2, 184; 3, 331; 4, 18; 4, 180; id. A. 2, 35; 2, 687; 3, 424; 5, 264;
6, 489: Ast ego nutrici non mando vota,
Pers. 2, 39:
ast illi tremat etc.,
id. 6, 74:
Ast vocat officium,
id. 6, 27:
At Jesus audiens ait,
Vulg. Matt. 9, 12; 9, 22; 12, 3; 12, 48 et persaep.—
a.
In order to strengthen a contrast, sometimes (esp. in Plaut. and Ter.) with contra, e contrario, potius, etiam, vero.
(α).
With contra:
Summis nitere opibus, at ego contra ut dissimilis siem,
Lucil. 26, 19 Müll.:
Ergo quod magnumst aeque leviusque videtur... At contra gravius etc.,
Lucr. 1, 366; so id. 1, 570; 1, 1087; 2, 235: L. Opimius ejectus est e patriā: At contra bis Catilina absolutus est, Cic. Pis. 95; id. Verr. 5, 66; id. Sex. Rosc. 131; id. Quinct. 75:
At tibi contra Evenit, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 27:
(Cornutus) taedio curarum mortem in se festinavit: at contra reus nihil infracto animo, etc.,
Tac. A. 4, 28.—
(β).
With e contrario: apud nos mercenarii scribae existimantur;
at apud illos e contrario nemo ad id officium admittitur, nisi, etc.,
Nep. Eum. 1, 5:
in locis siccis partibus sulcorum imis disponenda sunt semina, ut tamquam in alveolis maneant. At uliginosis e contrario in summo porcae dorso collocanda, etc.,
Col. 11, 3, 44.—
(γ).
With potius:
at satius fuerat eam viro dare nuptum potius,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 44:
at potius serves nostram, tua munera, vitam,
Ov. H. 3, 149.—
(δ).
With etiam: At etiam, furcifer, Male loqui mi audes? but do you even? etc., Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 31; id. Trin. 4, 2, 151; id. Rud. 3, 4, 6:
At etiam cubat cuculus. Surge, amator, i domum,
but he is yet abed, id. As. 5, 2, 73; so id. Capt. 2, 3, 98; id. Mil. 4, 4, 6:
Exi foras, sceleste. At etiam restitas, Fugitive!
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 1; 5, 6, 10: Proinde aut exeant, aut quiescant, etc.... at etiam sunt, Quirites, qui dicant, a me in exsilium ejectum esse Catilinam, on the contrary, there are indeed people who say. etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 6, 12; id. Phil. 2, 30, 76; id. Quinct. 56; id. Verr. 5, 77; id. Dom. 70 al.—
(ε).
With vero, but certainly:
At vero aut honoribus aucti aut etc.,
Cic. N. D. 3, 36, 87; id. Off. 2, 20, 70; 2, 23, 80; id. Fin. 1, 10, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 17 al.—
(ζ).
With certe:
Numquam ego te, vitā frater amabilior, Aspiciam posthac. At certe semper amabo,
Cat. 65, 11; 66, 25. —
(η).
So, quidem—at (very rare) = quidem —autem, Cic. Off. 1, 22, 75.—
b.
Ironically: Th. Quid valeam? Ly. At tu aegrota, si lubet, per me aetatem quidem, Plaut. Curc. 4, 3, 22:
at, credo, mea numina tandem Fessa jacent,
Verg. A. 7, 297; 7, 363; Ov. H. 1, 44.—
B.
Very freq. in adding an objection, from one's own mind or another's, against an assertion previously made, but, on the contrary, in opposition to this; sometimes, but one may say, it may be objected, and the like:
Piscium magnam atque altilium vim interfecisti. At nego,
Lucil. 28, 43 Müll.:
Quid tandem te impedit? Mosne majorum? At persaepe etiam privati in hac re publicā perniciosos cives morte multārunt. An leges, quae de civium Romanorum supplicio rogatae sunt? At numquam in hac urbe etc.,
Cic. Cat. 1, 11, 28:
Appellandi tempus non erat? At tecum plus annum vixit. In Galliā agi non potuit? At et in provinciā jus dicebatur et etc.,
id. Quinct. 41:
Male judicavit populus. At judicavit. Non debuit. At potuit. Non fero. At multi clarissimi cives tulerunt,
id. Planc. 11:
sunt, quos signa, quos caelatum argentum delectant. At sumus, inquiunt, civitatis principes,
id. Part. Or. 5, 2, 36; id. Fin. 4, 25, 71; id. Verr. 2, 2 fin.:
quid porro quaerendum est? Factumne sit? At constat: A quo? At patet,
id. Mil. 6, 15; id. Phil. 2, 9: convivium vicinorum cotidie compleo, quod ad multam noctem, quam maxime possumus, vario sermone producimus. At non est voluptatum tanta quasi titillatio in senibus. Credo: sed ne desideratio quidem, [p. 187] id. Sen. 14, 47:
multo magnus orator praestat minutis imperatoribus. At prodest plus imperator. Quis negat?
id. Brut. 73, 256; id. Div. 2, 29, 62; 2, 31, 67; 2, 32, 69 al.:
Maxime Juppiter! At in se Pro quaestu sumptum facit hic,
Hor. S. 1, 2, 18 al. — In this case freq. strengthened,
a.
By pol, edepol, hercule: At pol ego neque florem neque flocces volo mihi, Caecil., Com. Rel. p. 67 Rib.: So. Non edepol volo profecto. Me. At pol profecto ingratiis, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 215; so id. As. 2, 2, 34; 4, 2, 14; id. Capt. 3, 4, 64; id. Cas. 2, 3, 15; id. Cist. 4, 2, 70; id. Trin. 2, 4, 73: Ha. Gaudio ero vobis. Ad. At edepol nos voluptati tibi, id. Poen. 5, 4, 61; 3, 1, 68:
At hercule aliquot annos populus Romanus maximā parte imperii caruit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 54; id. Sex. Rosc. 50:
at hercle in eā controversiā, quae de Argis est, superior sum,
Liv. 34, 31:
At, Hercule, reliquis omnibus etc.,
Plin. 7, 50, 51, § 169:
At, hercules, Diodorus et in morbo etc.,
id. 29, 6, 39, § 142:
At hercule Germanicum Druso ortum etc.,
Tac. A. 1, 3; 1, 17; 1, 26;
3, 54: At, hercules, si conscius fuissem etc.,
Curt. 6, 10, 20 al. —
b.
By enim, which introduces a reason for the objection implied in at, but certainly, but surely, but indeed, etc., alla gar: At enim tu nimis spisse incedis, Naev., Com. Rel. p. 16 Rib.; Turp. id. p. 93: at enim nimis hic longo sermone utimur;
Diem conficimus,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 78:
At enim istoc nil est magis etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 21:
At enim vereor, inquit Crassus, ne haec etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 49, 188:
cum dixisset Sophocles, O puerum pulchrum, Pericle. At enim praetorem, Sophocle, decet non solum manus, sed etiam oculos abstinentes habere, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 40, 144 Beier; so id. Mur. 35, 74; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52 al.:
at enim inter hos ipsos existunt graves controversiae,
id. Quinct. 1; so id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51; 20, 60; id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; id. Ac. 2, 17, 52:
At enim cur a me potissimum hoc praesidium petiverunt?
id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 15:
At enim quis reprehendet, quod in parricidas rei publicae decretum erit?
Sall. C. 51, 25 Kritz:
At enim quid ita solus ego circum curam ago?
Liv. 6, 15; 34, 32:
At enim eo foedere, quod etc.,
id. 21, 18; 34, 31; 39, 37: At enim nova nobis in fratrum filias conjugia;
sed etc.,
Tac. A. 12, 6.—
c.
By tamen: Jam id peccatum primum magnum, magnum, at humanum tamen, Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 53: Hi secretis sermonibus... conveniunt;
nam publice civitas talibus inceptis abhorrebat. At tamen interfuere quidam etc.,
Tac. H. 4, 55:
At certe tamen, inquiunt, quod etc.,
Cat. 10, 14.—
C.
With a preced. negative, sometimes no antithesis is appended by at, but it is indicated that if what has been said is not true, yet at least something else is true, but yet; sometimes with tamen, but yet; or certe, but at least, yet at least:
Nolo victumas: at minimis me extis placare volo,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 95:
Si tibi non cordi fuerant conubia nostra,... At tamen in vostras potuisti ducere sedes,
Cat. 64, 158 sq.:
Non cognoscebantur foris, at domi: non ab alienis, at a suis,
Cic. Ac. 2, 11, 56:
Liceat haec nobis, si oblivisci non possumus, at tacere,
id. Fl. 25, 61:
Si genus humanum et mortalia temnitis arma, At sperate deos memores fandi atque nefandi,
Verg. A. 1, 543; so id. ib. 4, 615, and 6, 406. —With certe:
Haec erant... quorum cognitio studiosis juvenibus si non magnam utilitatem adferet, at certe, quod magis petimus, bonam voluntatem,
Quint. 12, 11, 31; Cels. 2, 15; Suet. Calig. 12, al.—
D.
The antithesis is sometimes not so much in the clause appended by at, as in the persons or things introduced in it; so,
(α).
Esp. freq. in conditional clauses with si, si non, si minus, etiam si, etc.; cf. Herm. ad Viger. 241: Si ego hic peribo, ast ille, ut dixit, non redit; At erit mi hoc factum mortuo memorabile, if I perish here, but he does not return, yet etc., Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 26; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 131:
si ego digna hac contumeliā Sum maxime, at tu indignus qui faceres tamen,
Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 25:
Si tu oblitus es, at di meminerunt,
Cat. 30, 11:
si non eo die, at postridie,
Cato, R. R. 2, 1:
si non paulo, at aliquanto (post petīsses),
Cic. Quinct. 40; 97; id. Mil. 93 al.:
quanta tempestas invidiae nobis, si minus in praesens, at in posteritatem impendeat,
id. Cat. 1, 22; id. Verr. 5, 69; id. Clu. 15: qui non possit, etiam si sine ullā suspitione, at non sine argumento male dicere, id. Cael. 3, 8.—
(β).
With etsi:
ei, etsi nequāquam parem illius ingenio, at pro nostro tamen studio meritam gratiam referamus,
Cic. de Or. 3, 4, 14; Tac. Or. 19.—
(γ).
With quod si:
Quod si nihil cum potentiore juris humani relinquitur inopi, at ego ad deos confugiam,
Liv. 9, 1; Tac. A. 1, 67.—
E.
At, like autem and de, sometimes serves simply to introduce an explanation: cum Sic mutilus miniteris. At illi foeda cicatrix etc., now an ugly scar etc., Hor. S. 1, 5, 60. —
F.
And also like de in Hom. and Hdt., it sometimes introduces an apodosis,
a.
With si: Bellona, si hobie nobis victoriam duis, ast ego templum tibi voveo, if to-day thou bestow victory, then I etc., ean—de, Liv. 10, 19.—
b.
With quoniam: Nunc, quoniam tuum insanabile ingenium est, at tu tuo supplicio doce etc., since your disposition is past cure, at least etc., epei—de, Liv. 1, 28.
► A.
At is sometimes repeated at the beginning of several clauses,
a.
In opposition each to the preceding clause: Soph. Tu quidem haut etiam octoginta's pondo. Paegn. At confidentiā Militia illa militatur multo magis quam pondere. At ego hanc operam perdo, Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 47 sq.:
Si ego hic peribo, ast ille, ut dixit, non redit: At erit mi hoc factum mortuo memorabile,
id. Capt. 3, 5, 25 sq.; id. As. 5, 2, 6 sqq. (Cic., in Quir. 7 and 10, opposes at to sed, and Tac., in A. 12, 6, sed to at).—
b.
In opposition to some common clause preceding:
At etiam asto? At etiam cesso foribus facere hisce assulas?
Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 20: Quid tum esse existimas judicatum? Certe gratīs judicāsse. At condemnārat; at causam totam non audierat;
at in contionibus etc.,
Cic. Caecin. 113:
Sit flagitiorum omnium princeps: at est bonus imperator, at felix,
id. Verr. 5, 4; id. Sest. 47; id. Fragm. B. 16, 5 B. and K.: Nefarius Hippias Pisistrati filius arma contra patriam ferens;
at Sulla, at Marius, at Cinna recte, imo jure fortasse,
id. Att. 9, 10, 3: At non formosa est, at non bene culta puella;
At, puto, non votis saepe petita meis?
Ov. Am. 3, 7, 1 sq. Merk.:
At quam sunt similes, at quam formosus uterque!
id. F. 2, 395: rideri possit eo quod Rusticius tonso toga defluit: at est bonus ut melior vir Non alius quisquam; at tibi amicus;
at ingenium ingens Inculto latet hoc sub corpore,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 30 sqq. (cf. sed—
sed,
Cat. 64, 141; Juv. 5, 61; 8, 149; and a similar use of alla in Hellenistic Greek, as alla—alla, 2 Cor. 2, 17: alla—alla —alla, 1 Cor. 6, 11).—
B.
Though regularly occupying the first place in its clause or sentence, it sometimes stands second (cf. atque fin.):
Saepius at si me, Lycida formose, revisas,
Verg. E. 7, 67; id. G. 3, 331:
Tutior at quanto merx est in classe secundā,
Hor. S. 1, 2, 47:
Mentior at si quid, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 8, 37:
Gramineis ast inde toris discumbitur,
Val. Fl. 8, 255:
Major at inde etc.,
Stat. Th. 4, 116.—See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 417-451; Wagner, Quaest. XXXVII. ad Verg. IV. pp. 581- 585.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > at
7 σύν

σύν [pron. full] [ῠ], old [dialect] Att. [full] ξύν; [dialect] Boeot. [full] σούν IG7.3171.39 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot., iii B.C.): Prep. with dat. (rarely c. gen., σ. τῶν ἐν αὺτῷ νεκρῶν Mitteis Chr.129.23 (ii B.C.);

A σ. ἡρώων IPE2.383
([place name] Phanagoria); σ. γυναικός ib.301 ([place name] Panticapaeum), cf. Ostr.240.5 (ii A.D.), PLond.1.113 iv 19 (vi A.D.)):—with. The form ξύν rarely occurs in Hom., though it is not rare in compds. even when not required by the metre, as in ξυνέαξα, ξυνοχῇσιν, ξύμβλητο, ξύμπαντα; Hes. also uses ξύμπας, ξυνιέναι; in [dialect] Ion. verse we find ξύν Thgn.1063
(but σύν Id.50
), Sol. 19.3 (perh. old Attic), but σύν Archil.4
, cf. ξυνωνίη, συνίημι; in early [dialect] Ion. Prose (including Inscrr., cf. SIG1.2 (Abu Simbel, vi B.C.), 167.37 (Mylasa, iv B.C.), etc.) ξύν is only found in ξυνίημι Heraclit.51
, Democr.95 (cf. ἀξύνετος, ἀξυνεσίη, ξύνεσις), and in the phrase ξὺν νῷ ( νόῳ codd.) Heraclit.114, Democr.35; Hdt. has only σύν, and in codd. Hp. ξύν has weaker authority than σύν (i p.cxxv Kuehlewein); in the late Ionic of Aret., ξύν prevails over σύν; in [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor. it is rare, ξυνοίκην Sapph.75
; ξυναλίαξε Ar.Lys.93
; elsewh. [dialect] Dor. σύν, Leg.Gort. 5.6, IG9(1).334.47 ([dialect] Locr., v B.C.), etc.; but in old [dialect] Att. Inscrr. ξύν is the only form up to 500 B.C.; σύν appears in v B.C. and becomes usual towards the end; after 378 B.C. ξύν survives only in the formula γνώμην δὲ ξυμβάλλεσθαι κτλ.; the phrase ξὺν νῷ is found in Ar.Nu. 580, Pl.Cri. 48c, Men. 88b, R. 619b ( σὺν E.Or. 909
); otherwise, of [dialect] Att. Prose writers Th. alone uses the preposition ξύν, Antipho and Lysias have ξυν- a few times in compds.; codd. Pl. have both ξυν- (Lg. 930a, al.) and συν-; in Antipho Soph.Oxy.1364, Aristox., Arr., Ael., and Anon.Rhythm. ξυν- is very freq.; in Trag. both forms occur. The Prep. σύν gradually gave way to μετά with gen., so that whereas A. has 67 examples of σύν to 8 of μετά with gen., the proportions in Th. are 400 of μετά to 37 of σύν, in D. 346 of μετά to 15 of σύν, and in Arist. 300 of μετά to 8 of σύν: for these and other statistics see C. J. T. Mommsen, Beiträge zur Lehre von den griechischen Präpositionen (Frankfurt 1886-95): in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com. σύν is restricted for the most part to signf. 8, 9 and a few phrases, such as σὺν θεῷ, σὺν (τοῖς) ὅπλοις; Xenophon uses it freely, having 556 examples to 275 of μετά; in Pap., NT, and later Prose its use is much less restricted (v. infr.).

1 in company with, together with, δεῦρό ποτ' ἤλυθε.. σ. Μενελάῳ Il.3.206
; ξ. παιδὶ.. πύργῳ ἐφεστήκει 6.372
; σ. τοῖσδε ὑπέκφυγον Od.9.286
; καταφθίσθαι σ. ἐκείνῳ 2.183
; ἀπελαύνειν σ. τῷ στρατῷ Hdt.8.101
; ἐπαιδεύετο σ. τῷ ἀδελφῷ X.An.1.9.2
; σ. αὐτῷ σταυροῦσι δύο λῃστάς Ev.Marc.15.27
; οὐδένα ἔχω σ. ἐμοί PSI10.1161.12
(iv A.D.).

2 with collat. notion of help or aid, σ. θεῷ with God's help or blessing, as God wills, Il.9.49; σ. σοί, πότνα θεά Od.13.391
; πέμψον δέ με σ. γε θεοῖσιν Il.24.430
, cf. 15.26; σ. θεῷ φυτευθεὶς ὄλβος Pi.N.8.17
; σ. θεῷ εἰρημένον spoken as by inspiration, Hdt.1.86; σ. θεῷ δ' εἰρήσεται Ar.Pl. 114
; σ. θεῷ εἰπεῖν Pl.Tht. 151b
, Prt. 317b; ξ. θεοῖς Th.1.86
; so σ. δαίμονι, σ. Ἀθήνῃ καὶ Διί, Il.11.792, 20.192; σ. Χαρίτεσσιν Pi.N.9.54
, cf. P.9.2; ξ. τῷ θεῷ πᾶς καὶ γελᾷ κὠδύρεται S.Aj. 383
; also θεοῦ σ. παλάμᾳ, σ. θεοῦ τύχᾳ, Pi.O.10(11).21, N.6.24: generally, of personal cooperation, σ. σοὶ φραζέσθω let him consult with you, Il.9.346; λοχησάμενος σ. ἑταίρῳ Od.13.268
; ξ. τῇ βουλῇ in consultation with the Council, IG12.63.17; σ. τινὶ μάχεσθαι fight at his side, X.Cyr.5.3.5, cf. HG4.1.34; σ. τινὶ εἶναι or γίγνεσθαι to be with another, i.e.on his side, of his party, Id.An.3.1.21, Smp.5.10; οἱ σ. αὐτῷ his friends, followers, Id.An.1.2.15, cf. Act.Ap.14.4, etc.

3 furnished with, endued with, σ. μεγάλῃ ἀρετῇ ἐκτήσω ἄκοιτιν Od.24.193
; πόλιν θεοδμάτῳ σ. ἐλευθερίᾳ ἔκτισσε Pi.P.1.61
.

4 of things that belong, or are attached, to a person, σ. νηΐ or σ. νηυσί, i.e. on board ship, Il.1.389, 179, etc.; σ. νηυσὶν ἀλαπάξαι, opp. πεζός, 9.328 (so in Prose, σ. ναυσὶ προσπλεῖν X.HG2.2.7
, etc.); σ. ἵπποισιν καὶ ὄχεσφιν Il.5.219
; esp. of arms, μιν κατέκηε σ. ἔντεσι 6.418
; στῆ δ' εὐρὰξ σ. δουρί 15.541
; ἀντιβίην or ἀντίβιον σ. ἔντεσι or σ. τεύχεσι πειρηθῆναι, 5.220, 11.386; σ. ἔντεσι μάρνασθαι 13.719
; σκῆπτρον, σ. τῷ ἔβη 2.47
; ἄγγελος ἦλθε.. σ. ἀγγελίῃ ib. 787; ς. (or ξ.) ὅπλοις Th.2.2
, al., Pl.Lg. 947c, Aen.Tact.17.1; ς. (or ξ.) τοῖς ὅπλοις Th.2.90
, 4.14, Hell.Oxy. 10.1, Pl.Lg. 763a, Aen.Tact.11.8; σ. ἐγχειριδίοις Hell.Oxy.10.2
; ξ. ξιφιδίῳ καὶ θώρακι Th.3.22
; ξ. ἑνὶ ἱματίῳ Id.2.70
; in some such cases ς. is little more than expletive, as σ. τεύχεσι θωρηχθέντες ll.8.530, etc.: with αὐτός (cf. αὐτός 1.5
), chiefly in Hom., ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σ. φόρμιγγι Il.9.194
, cf. 14.498; αὐτῷ σ. τε λίνῳ καὶ ῥήγεϊ Od.13.118
.

5 of things accompanying, or of concurrent circumstances, ἄνεμος σ. λαίλαπι Il.17.57
, cf. Od.12.408; of coincidence in time, ἄκρᾳ σ. ἑσπέρᾳ Pi.P.11.10
; καιρῷ σ. ἀτρεκεῖ ib.8.7; σ. τῷ Χρόνῳ προϊόντι X.Cyr.8.7.6
; in the course of, κείνῳ σ. ἄματι B.10.23
, cf. 125, Pi.Fr. 123.

6 of necessary connexion or consequence, σὺν μεγάλῳ ἀποτεῖσαι to pay with a great loss, i.e. suffer greatly, Il.4.161; δημοσίῳ σ. κακῷ with loss to the public, Thgn.50; σ. τῷ σῷ ἀγαθῷ to your advantage, X.Cyr.3.1.15; ὤλοντο.. σὺν μιάς ματι with pollution, S.Ant. 172; to denote agreement, in accordance with, σ. τῷ δικαίῳ καὶ καλῷ X.An.2.6.18
; σ. δίκᾳ Pi.P.9.96
; σ. κόσμῳ Hdt.8.86
, Arist.Mu. 398b23; σ. τάχει S.El. 872
, etc.

7 of the instrument or means, with the help of, by means of, σ. ἐλαίῳ φαρμακώσαισα Pi.P.4.221
; διήλλαχθε σ. σιδάρῳ A.Th. 885
(lyr.); πλοῦτον ἐκτήσω ξ. αἰχμῇ Id.Pers. 755
(troch.); ἡ [τῶν φίλων] κτῆσίς ἐστιν οὐδαμῶς σ. τῇ βίᾳ X.Cyr.8.7.13
; ξ. ἐπαίνῳ Th.1.84
.

8 including, κεφάλαιον σ. ἐπωνίοις IG12.329.5
, cf. 22.1388.85, 1407.12, al.; τοῦ Πειραιῶς ξ. Μουνυχίᾳ Th.2.13
, cf. 4.124, 5.26, 74, 7.42, 8.90, 95; δισχίλιαι γάρ εἰσι (sc. δραχμαὶ) σ. ταῖς Νικίου Ar.Fr. 100
; ἀνήλωσα σ. τῇ τῆς σκευῆς ἀναθέσει ἑκκαίδεκα μνᾶς Lys.21.4
, cf. 2; αἶγας ἀπέδοτο σ. τῷ αἰπόλῳ τριῶν καὶ δέκα μνῶν Is.6.33
, cf. 8.8,35, 11.42,46, Aeschin. 2.162, D.19.155, 27.23,al., Arist.HA 525b15,17, Ath.19.6, Hipparch. 1.1.9, al., PSI10.1124.14 (ii A.D.).

9 excluding, apart from, plus, ἓξ ἐμοὶ σ. ἑβδόμῳ six with (but not including) me the seventh, A. Th. 283; αἱ γὰρ καμπαὶ τέτταρες, ἢ δύο σ. τοῖς πτερυγίοις Arist.HA 490a32
; σ. τοῖς ἀρχαίοις τὸν οἶκον ἐκ τῶν προσόδων μείζω ποιῆσαι D. 27.61
;
τὴν ἐφαπτίδα σ. τῇ σακκοπήρᾳ ἐν ᾗ ἐνῆν
together with.., PEnteux.32.7
, cf. 89.9 (iii B.C.); οἱ γραμματεῖς σ. τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις Ev.Luc.20.1
, cf. Ep.Gal.5.24.

B POSITION:— σύν sts. follows its case, Il.10.19, Od.9.332, 15.410. It freq. stands between Adj. and Subst., as Od.11.359, Il.9.194, etc.; more rarely between Subst. and Adj., Od.13.258, Pi.P. 8.7.

2 freq. in tmesis in Hom., as Il.23.687, Od.14.296, etc.

3 in late Gr. σὺν καὶ c. dat., στεφανηφορήσας σ. καὶ Αὐρ. Ἰάσονι IG12(7).259
(Amorgos, iii A.D.), cf. Supp.Epigr.4.535 (Ephesus, ii/iii A.D.), Rev.Phil.50.11 (Sardis, i/iii A.D.), CPR26.16 (ii A.D.); cf. infr. c. 2.

C σύν AS ADV., together, at once, κενεὰς σ. Χεῖρας ἔχοντες Od.10.42
; mostly folld. by δέ or τε, σ. δὲ πτερὰ πυκνὰ λίασθεν Il.23.879
; σ. τε δύ' ἐρχομένω 10.224
(cf. σύνδυο) ; ξ. τε διπλοῖ βασιλῆς S.Aj. 960
(lyr.). It is sts. hard to distinguish this from tmesis, e.g. in Il.23.879; so ξὺν κακῶς ποιεῖν is = Ξυγκακοποιεῖν in Th.3.13. In Old Testament Gr. it is sts. used to translate the Hebr. 'ēth (particle prefixed to the definite accus.) through confusion with the Prep. 'ēth 'with', ἐμίσησα σὺν τὴν ζωήν LXXEc.2.17
; οὐκ ἐμνήσθη σ. τοῦ ἀνδρός ib.9.15; ἔκτισεν ὁ θεὸς σὺν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ σὺν τὴν γῆν Aq.Ge.1.1
, etc.

2 besides, also, σ. δὲ πλουτίζειν ἐμέ A.Ag. 586
; σ. δ' αὔτως ἐγώ S.Ant. 85
, etc.; σ. δ' ἐγὼ παρών Id.Aj. 1288
, cf. El. 299; Δίρκα τε.. σ. τ' Ἀσωπιάδες κόραι E.HF 785
(lyr.); in later Poetry σ. καί A.R.1.74
, Herod.4.3, Nic.Th.8, D.P.843 (also in late Prose, Ath.2.49a; cf. supr. B. 3).

D IN COMPOS.

I with, along with, together, at the same time, hence of any kind of union, connexion, or participation in a thing, and metaph. of agreement or unity. In Compos. with a trans. Verb σύν may refer to the Object as well as the Subject, as συγκατακτείνειν may mean kill one person as well as another, or, join with another in killing.

2 of the completion of an action, altogether, completely, as in συνάγνυμι, συνασκέω 2
, συνθρύπτω, συγκόπτω, συμπατέω, συμπληρόω, συντελέω, συντέμνω; sts., therefore, it seems only to strengthen the force of the simple word.

3 joined with numerals, σύνδυο two together, which sense often becomes distributive, by twos, two and two; so σύντρεις, σύμπεντε, etc., like Lat. bini, terni, etc.

II σύν in Compos., before β μ π φ ψ, becomes συμ-; before γ κ ξ Χ, συγ-; before λ συλ-; before ς usu. συς-; but becomes συ- before ς followed by a conson. (e.g. συστῆναι), before ζ, and perh. sts. before ξ. In a poet. passage, ap.Pl.Phdr. 237a, we have ξύμ alone in tmesi, ξύμ μοι λάβεσθε for συλλάβεσθέ μοι; cf. ὅτε ξὺμ πρῶτ' ἐφύοντο Emp.95
: in Inscrr. and Papyri these assimilations are freq. not found.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > σύν
8 ἄν

ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,

A εἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2
, 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.

A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.

I WITH INDICATIVE:

1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,

a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh. καί κε θάμ' ἐνθάδ' ἐόντες ἐμισγόμεθ' Od.4
. 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said, εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755
, cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c; εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3
.

b the protasis is freq. understood: ὑπό κεν ταλασίφρονά περ δέος εἷλεν fear would have seized even the stout-hearted (had he heard the sound), Il.4.421; τὸ γὰρ ἔρυμα τῷ στρατοπέδῳ οὐκ ἂν ἐτειχίσαντο they would not have built the wall (if they had not won a battle), Th.1.11; πολλοῦ γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἄξια for (if that were so) they would be worth much, Pl.R. 374d; οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὅ τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε for there was nothing which you could have done, i. e. would have done (if you had tried), D.18.43.

c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.

d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.

2 with [tense] fut. ind.:

a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176; ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80
; so in Lyr., μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68
, cf. I.6(5).59.

b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers, σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140
; οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d
, cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313; οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36
(corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.

II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future, οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαρις 3.54
, al.

III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):

a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition: ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
; οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b
:—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.

b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e; ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116
, cf. D.1.26, al.

c with protasis understood: φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269
; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447; οὐδ' ἂν δικαίως ἐς κακὸν πέσοιμί τι S.Ant. 240
, cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time, Τυδεΐδην οὐκ ἂν γνοίης ποτέροισι μετείη Il.5.85
.

d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.

e in questions, expressing a wish: τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100
, cf.A.Ag. 1448; πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389
: hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty, τλαίης κεν Μενελάῳ ἐπιπροέμεν ταχὺν ἰόν Il.4.94
; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.

f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.

g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis: ῥεῖα θεός γ' ἐθέλων καὶ τηλόθεν ἄνδρα σαώσαι Od.3.231
, cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag., θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186
; τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605
.

h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.

IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part., τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b
) representing ind. or opt.:

1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:

a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.

b representing [tense] pres. opt., πόλλ' ἂν ἔχων (representing ἔχοιμ' ἄν) ἕτερ' εἰπεῖν παραλείπω D. 18.258
, cf. X.An.2.3.18: with Art., τὸ ἐθέλειν ἂν ἰέναι ἄκλητος ἐπὶ δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174b
.

2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:

a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.

b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.

3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:

a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.

b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.

4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional, ὡς ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσοντος ἄλλα Pl.Ap. 30c
(codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk., νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8
, cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.

B IN DEPENDENT CLAUSES.

I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ᾱ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, once εἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288
, twice εἴπερ ἄν 5.224
, 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.

2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε ( ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412
), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.

3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep., σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32
; ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359
; ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824
; ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e
; μηχανητέον ὅπως ἂν διαφύγῃ Grg. 481a
(where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc. ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156
( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.

II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc. εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597
), εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353
; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as in ὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81
.

2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15; ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6
:—similarly after a preceding opt., οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d
.

III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:

1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.: αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213
:—so with relat., οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175
.

2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom., εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526
; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.

IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, as ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56
; ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136
(iv A. D.); ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19
; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.

C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119; εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295
; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71; διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b
: inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.

D GENERAL REMARKS:

I POSITION OF ἄν.

1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; as εἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281
-4; rarely by τις, as ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14
:—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, as εἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355
, cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose, ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45
; ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420
: also ὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e
, cf. 850a; ὅπου τὸ πάλαι λεγόμενον ἂν γίγνηται 739c
.

2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.

3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25; οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2
; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48; οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b
; οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12
.

4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause, ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax
<*>37.

II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words, ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333
, cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15; ἀφανεῖς ἂν ὄντες οὐκ ἂν ὑμνήθημεν ἄν E.Tr. 1244
, cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.

2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.

III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ᾖ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι) , εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935
:—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν) εἰ.. Isoc.10.48
:—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.

IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others: πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049
: even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.

------------------------------------

ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,

A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl., ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b
; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50; ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4
: not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.

------------------------------------

ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.

------------------------------------

ἄν (D), shortened from ἄνα, v. sub ἀνά G.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄν
9 ab

ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:
AF VOBEIS,
Inscr. Orell. 3114;
AF MVRO,
ib. 6601;
AF CAPVA,
ib. 3308;
AF SOLO,
ib. 589;
AF LYCO,
ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):
abs chorago,
Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):
abs quivis,
Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:
abs terra,
Cato, R. R. 51;
and in compounds: aps-cessero,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;
and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,
id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
I.
In space, and,
II.
Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
I.
Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):
Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,
Caes. B. G. 1, 7:
fuga ab urbe turpissima,
Cic. Att. 7, 21:
ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,
Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:
illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,
all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:
venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
b.
Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:
oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:
quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,
Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:
ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,
Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:
protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,
id. ib. 1, 25, 2:
profecti a domo,
Liv. 40, 33, 2;
of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:
classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,
Liv. 8, 22, 6;
of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,
Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:
legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,
id. 24, 40, 2.
c.
Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):
Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:
libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,
Cic. Fl. 20, 47:
Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,
id. Att. 7, 24:
cum a vobis discessero,
id. Sen. 22:
multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,
Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:
so a fratre,
id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:
a Pontio,
Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:
ab ea,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
B.
Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
1.
Of separation:
ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,
Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:
abesse a domo paulisper maluit,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:
tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,
Sall. C. 40, 5:
absint lacerti ab stabulis,
Verg. G. 4, 14.—
2.
Of distance:
quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:
nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,
id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:
hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:
terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,
Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:
non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):
cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,
Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:
qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:
quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,
Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:
procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,
Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:
tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,
Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;
v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:
tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,
id. Pis. 11, 26; and:
tam prope ab domo detineri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:
onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,
eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:
duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,
id. 37, 38, 5). —
3.
To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:
picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,
Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:
pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,
on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:
non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,
at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:
erat a septentrionibus collis,
on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
II.
Fig.
A.
In time.
1.
From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:
Exul ab octava Marius bibit,
Juv. 1,40:
mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,
immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:
Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:
ab hac contione legati missi sunt,
immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:
ab eo magistratu,
after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:
a summa spe novissima exspectabat,
after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:
ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,
Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:
confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,
Liv. 30, 36, 1:
statim a funere,
Suet. Caes. 85;
and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,
id. ib. 60:
protinus ab adoptione,
Vell. 2, 104, 3:
Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,
soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—
Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,
i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:
secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,
i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
2.
With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:
ab hora tertia bibebatur,
from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:
infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,
since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:
vixit ab omni aeternitate,
from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:
cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,
Nep. Att. 5, 3:
in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,
after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:
centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,
since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:
cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,
id. Sen. 6, 19; and:
ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,
since, Sall. C. 47, 2:
diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,
Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:
quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,
since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:
jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,
from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:
ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,
Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:
cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:
a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,
Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:
pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,
from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
b.
Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:
qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,
from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:
mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,
a pueritia,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:
jam inde ab adulescentia,
Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:
ab adulescentia,
Cic. Rep. 2, 1:
jam a prima adulescentia,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:
ab ineunte adulescentia,
id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.
followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:
a primis temporibus aetatis,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:
a teneris unguiculis,
from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:
usque a toga pura,
id. Att. 7, 8, 5:
jam inde ab incunabulis,
Liv. 4, 36, 5:
a prima lanugine,
Suet. Oth. 12:
viridi ab aevo,
Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;
rarely of animals: ab infantia,
Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:
qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,
a pausillo puero,
id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:
a puero,
Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:
a pueris,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:
ab adulescente,
id. Quint. 3, 12:
ab infante,
Col. 1, 8, 2:
a parva virgine,
Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:
a parvis,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:
a parvulo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:
ab parvulis,
Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:
ab tenero,
Col. 5, 6, 20;
and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
B.
In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
1.
In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):
suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:
qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:
hic ab artificio suo non recessit,
id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:
quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:
condicionem quam ab te peto,
id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:
mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:
si quid ab illo acceperis,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:
quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:
ab defensione desistere,
Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:
ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,
id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:
ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,
Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):
qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,
the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:
tu nunc eris alter ab illo,
next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:
Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,
next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:
quid hoc ab illo differt,
from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:
hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,
id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:
discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,
id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):
quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7:
alieno a te animo fuit,
id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):
subdole ab re consulit,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:
haut est ab re aucupis,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:
non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,
Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
2.
In partic.
a.
To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:
a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,
Cic. Lael. 1, 1:
ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,
id. ib. 1, 3:
disputata ab eo,
id. ib. 1, 4 al.:
illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,
id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:
ita generati a natura sumus,
id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:
pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,
Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:
niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,
Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:
quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,
is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:
salvebis a meo Cicerone,
i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:
a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,
i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:
ne vir ab hoste cadat,
Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):
levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,
Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:
a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,
id. Off. 2, 6, 19:
si calor est a sole,
id. N. D. 2, 52:
ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),
id. Att. 16, 7, 5:
metu poenae a Romanis,
Liv. 32, 23, 9:
bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,
id. 3, 22, 2:
ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,
id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:
lassus ab equo indomito,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:
Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,
Prop. 5, 1, 126:
tempus a nostris triste malis,
time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:
vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?
by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,
ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),
Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:
si postulatur a populo,
if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:
deseror conjuge,
Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;
and in prose,
Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:
ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,
Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:
(urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
b.
With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:
pastores a Pergamide,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:
Turnus ab Aricia,
Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):
obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,
Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
c.
In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:
(sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,
id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
d.
With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:
da, puere, ab summo,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,
da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,
Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:
coepere a fame mala,
Liv. 4, 12, 7:
cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,
tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:
a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
e.
With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:
a foliis et stercore purgato,
Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:
tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?
Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:
Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,
Liv. 21, 11, 5:
expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:
haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,
id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):
ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,
Sall. C. 32:
ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,
Liv. 21, 35, 12:
ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,
Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
f.
With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:
el metul a Chryside,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:
ab Hannibale metuens,
Liv. 23, 36; and:
metus a praetore,
id. 23, 15, 7;
v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,
Cic. Sull. 20, 59:
postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,
you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
g.
With verbs of fastening and holding:
funiculus a puppi religatus,
Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:
cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,
Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
h.
Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:
a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,
Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
i.
Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):
id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
j.
Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:
doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:
a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,
id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:
a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,
a frigore laborantibus,
Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:
laborare ab re frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
k.
Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:
ab ingenio improbus,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:
a me pudica'st,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:
orba ab optimatibus contio,
Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):
locus copiosus a frumento,
Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:
sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,
id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:
ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,
id. Brut. 16, 63:
ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,
Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;
so often in poets ab arte=arte,
artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
l.
In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:
linguam ab irrisu exserentem,
thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:
ab honore,
id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
m.
Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:
ab illo injuria,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:
fulgor ab auro,
Lucr. 2, 5:
dulces a fontibus undae,
Verg. G. 2, 243.
n.
In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:
scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:
nonnuill ab novissimis,
id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
o.
In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:
qui sunt ab ea disciplina,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:
ab eo qui sunt,
id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:
nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,
id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
p.
To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;
in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,
one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,
a manu servus,
a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
q.
The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:
a peregre,
Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:
a foris,
Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:
ab intus,
ib. ib. 7, 15:
ab invicem,
App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:
a longe,
Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:
a modo,
ib. ib. 23, 39;
Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,
Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:
a sursum,
ib. Marc. 15, 38.
► a.
Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:
Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,
Cic. Pis. 37, 91:
a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?
id. Sen. 6:
a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?
id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:
res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,
id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
b.
Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
c.
It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:
a vitae periculo,
Cic. Brut. 91, 313:
a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,
id. Arch. 6, 12:
a minus bono,
Sall. C. 2, 6:
a satis miti principio,
Liv. 1, 6, 4:
damnis dives ab ipsa suis,
Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
d.
The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):
aque Chao,
Verg. G. 4, 347:
aque mero,
Ov. M. 3, 631:
aque viro,
id. H. 6, 156:
aque suis,
id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:
a meque,
Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:
abs teque,
id. Att. 3, 15, 4:
a teque,
id. ib. 8, 11, §
7: a primaque adulescentia,
id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
e.
A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
III.
In composition ab,
1.
Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
2.
It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab
10 κτείνω

κτείνω, [dialect] Ep. subj.

A κτείνωμι Od.19.490
; [dialect] Aeol. [full] κτέννω Hdn.Gr.2.303 (and [tense] aor. 1 part. κτένναις Alc.33.5
), but κταίνω Id.140
acc. to Eust.1648.5 (leg. Ἀλκμᾶνι); [dialect] Ep. Iterat. κτείνεσκε Il.24.393
: [tense] fut. κτενῶ, [dialect] Ep. κτενέω Od.16.404
, - έεις Il.22.13, - έει ib. 124, al. ( κτενεῖ 15.65
, 68), part. κτανέοντα only 18.309 (but in compos. κατα-κτανέουσιν 6.409
): [tense] aor. 1 ἔκτεινα 19.296
, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔκτᾰνον 2.701
, etc.: [tense] pf.not found un compounded: [tense] plpf. ἀπ-εκτονήκειν Plu.Tim.16
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. κτανθήσομαι Sch.T Il.14.481: [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] aor. ἔκτᾰθεν Il.11.691
, Od.4.537, κτάθεν Q.S.1.812
; ἐκτάνθην AP14.32
, (ἀπ-) LXX 1 Ma.2.9, Ev.Marc.8.31, D.C.65.4: [tense] aor. 2 ἀπ-εκτάνην [ᾰ] Gal.14.284: [tense] pf. ἐκτάνθαι ἀπ-) Plb.7.7.4:—Hom.also uses non-thematic forms, [ per.] 3sg., 1 and [ per.] 3pl. [tense] aor. ἔκτᾰ Od.11.410
, al. ( κατ- Il.15.432), ἔκτᾰμεν Od.12.375
, ἔκτᾰν 19.276
, Il.10.526 ( ἔκτα also in S.Tr.38, E.HF 423 (lyr., with [pron. full] ᾱ)); [ per.] 1pl. subj. κτέωμεν Od.22.216
; inf. κτάμεν ( κατα-) Il.9.458, κτάμεναι [ᾰ] 5.301, al.; part. κτάς ( κατα-) 22.323, also in Trag., A. Th. 965 (lyr.), E.IT 715: [tense] aor. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, [ per.] 3sg. ἀπ-έκτᾰτο Il.15.437
; inf. κτάσθαι ib. 558 (prob. in pass. sense); part. κτάμενος 22.75
, Hes.Op. 541, Pi.Fr. 203 codd., A.Pers. 923 (lyr.), Cratin.95:—kill, slay, freq. in Poets, also in early [dialect] Att., Lex Draconis in IG12.115.20; but in Prose and Com. ἀποκτείνω prevailed; usu. of men, less freq. of slayingan animal, as Il.15.587, Od.12.375, 19.543, Ar.Av. 1063 (lyr.); Οὖτίς με κτείνει δόλῳ seeks to kill me, Od.9.408, cf. S.OC 993; ὁ κτανών the slayer, murderer, A.Eu. 422; οἱ κτανόντες Id.Ch.41
(lyr.), 144, etc.

2 put to death, Th.1.132, Arist.HA 625a16, al.; esp. in legal language, εἰ.. ἐν δίκῃ ἔκτεινεν ὁ κτείνας Pl.Euthphr.4b
, cf. Prt. 322d, Lg. 871e, al., Lys.10.11.

3 of things, ὥστε καὶ κτείνειν so as to be fatal, of the plague, Th.2.51 (so in [voice] Pass., εὖτ' ἂν ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ κτεινέωνται when the disease is proceeding towards a fatal termination, Aret.SD1.5); τὰ φύλλα [ἀποκύνου].. κτείνει κύνας Dsc.4.80
.

4 put an end to, θέρος [νοῦσον] κτείνει Aret.SD1.16
. ([voice] Pass. in Hom. and [dialect] Ion. Prose, Il.11.668, 14.60, Od.11.413, Hdt.4.3, etc.; but Trag. almost always used θνῄσκω or καταθνῄσκω as the [voice] Pass., Com. Poets and Prose writers ἀποθνῄσκω.) (Cf. Skt. k[snull ]atás 'wounded'.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κτείνω
11 φημί

φημί,

A φῄς, φηις PCair.Zen.316.1
(iii B. C.), PSI7.846.7 (Pap. of Ar. (?), ii/iii A. D.), cf. Hdn.Gr.2.147, 419; φησί (apocop. φή Anacr.40
); pl. φᾰμέν, φᾰτέ, φᾱσί; [dialect] Dor. [full] φᾱμί, φᾱσί or φᾱτί (Ar.Ach. 771, Anon. in PSI9.1091.11, 18), [ per.] 3pl. φαντί; [dialect] Aeol. [full] φᾶμι Sapph.32, [ per.] 2sg. φαῖσθα Alc.Supp.20.6
, [ per.] 3sg. φαῖσι ib.26.5, Sapph.66, [ per.] 3pl. φαῖσι Sapph. Supp.5.2
: [tense] aor. 2 ἔφην, [dialect] Ep. φῆν Il.18.326
; ἔφησθα 1.397
, al., Ar.Lys. 132, X.An.1.6.7, Pl.Cra. 438a, Aeschin.3.164, etc. (rarely ἔφης Il.22.280
, X.Cyr.4.1.23), [dialect] Ep. φῆσθα Il.21.186
, Od.14.149 (v.l. φῇσθα) , φῆς Il.5.473
, Od.7.239 (v.l.); ἔφη, [dialect] Ep. φῆ, [dialect] Dor. φᾶ Pi.I.2.11
; [ per.] 1pl. ἔφᾰμεν Isoc.3.26
( ἔφημεν A.D.Adv.184.7
, Gal.1.158, Papp.524.16, Choerob. in Theod.2.341 H.); [ per.] 2pl. ἔφᾰτε And.2.25
; [ per.] 3pl. ἔφασαν, [dialect] Ep. φάσαν Il.2.278
, also ἔφᾰν, φάν, 3.161, 6.108; imper. φαθί (on the accent v. Hdn.Gr.1.431, al., A.D.Synt.264.4; φάθι is found in codd. of Pl. Grg. 475e, al.); subj. φῶ, φῇς, φῇ, [dialect] Ep. φῇσιν Od.1.168
, φήῃ 11.128
, 23.275; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. subj. φᾶντι Tab.Heracl.1.116
; opt. φαίην, [ per.] 1pl. φαῖμεν Il.2.81
, 24.222, Pi.N.7.87, [ per.] 3pl. φαῖεν Th.3.68
, etc.; inf. φάναι, Hdt.1.27, etc., poet. φάμεν Pi.N.8.19
; part. φάς Il.9.35
, Hdt.1.63, 141, SIG279.18 (Zeleia, iv B. C.), φᾶσα Hdt.6.135
, pl. φάντες Il.3.44
, 14.126, Pl.Alc.2.139b: [tense] fut. φήσω, [dialect] Dor. φασῶ Ar.Ach. 739
, etc.; [ per.] 1pl. φασοῦμες Diotog.
ap. Stob.4.1.133: [tense] aor. 1 ἔφησα Cratin.
in PSI11.1212.9, Hdt.3.153, PCair.Zen.19.3 (iii B. C.) ( ἔφασεν is dub. ib.140.7); [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3sg. φᾶσε Pi.N.1.66
; [ per.] 2sg. subj. ([dialect] Dor.) φάσῃς [ᾱ] Simon.32 ( φήσῃς etc. codd. Stob., corr. Bgk.); opt. φήσειε Hdt.6.69
, A.Pr. 503, part. φήσας X.Mem.3.11.1
, Isoc.12.239, inf. φῆσαι Thphr. Char.2.7
:—[voice] Med. (chiefly poet. in early writers), [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. 2 ἐφάμην, ἔφατο (also SIG437.6 (Delph., iii B. C.), PCair.Zen.343.8 (iii B. C.), PSI4.437.8 (iii B. C.), Parth.4.5, etc.), [dialect] Ep. φάτο Il.20.262
, φάσθε Od.6.200
, 10.562, ἔφαντο, [dialect] Ep. φάντο 24.460
; imper. φάο 16.168
, 18.171, φάσθω, φάσθε; inf. φάσθαι; part. φάμενος (also Archim. Spir. Prooem., Eratosth.Prooem., SIG364.83 (Ephesus, iii B. C.), PCair.Zen.236.4 (iii B. C.), PHamb.4.14 (i A. D.), J.AJ17.12.2, Gal. 6.228, etc.): [dialect] Dor. [tense] fut. φάσομαι [ᾱ] Pi.N.9.43:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf. [ per.] 3sg. πέφαται A.R.2.500
; [ per.] 3sg. imper. πεφάσθω Pl.Ti. 72d
; but part. πεφασμένος Il.14.127
, A.Pr. 843 shd. be referred to φαίνω: [tense] aor. ἐφάθην ([etym.] ἀπ-, κατ-) Arist.Int. 18b39. The [tense] pres. indic. φημί is enclit., exc. in [ per.] 2sg. [tense] pres. φῄς: φαμέν is [ per.] 1pl. [tense] pres., φάμεν poet. inf.: φαντί is [ per.] 3pl., φάντι part.

II φάσκω supplied all moods of [tense] pres. except the indic., also [tense] impf. ἔφασκον; cf. ἠμί. [ᾰ, except in φᾱσι, and in masc. and fem. part. φάς, φᾶσα: in inf. φάναι ᾰ always; φᾶναι is corrupt in Eub.119.11 codd. Ath.]:—say, affirm, assert, either abs., or folld. by inf., e. g. Λυσίθευς Μικίωνα φιλῖν ( = -εῖν) φησι IG12.924
, cf. 57.48, or acc. et inf.; the inf. is freq. omitted, σὲ κακὸν καὶ ἀνάλκιδα φήσει (sc. εἶναι) Il.8.153; also Κορινθίους τί φῶμεν; what shall we say of them? X.HG3.5.12; φ. πρός τινα, πρὸς ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι Od.17.584
: less freq. c. dat., αὐτοῖς Ev.Matt.13.28
; κατά τινος φ. to speak against him, X.Ap.25: sts. folld. by ὡς, Lys.7.19, v.l. in X. HG6.3.7; by ὅτι, Pl.Grg. 487d, Corn.ND30; by an interrog. clause, μή ποτε φάσῃς ὅ τι γίνεται αὔριον Simon.
l.c.; by part., dub. in Pl. Grg. 481c (fort. leg. θῶμεν); also parenthetic, τίνες, φῄς, ἦσαν οἱ λόγοι; Pl.Phd. 59c
.

b since what one says commonly expresses a belief or opinion, think, deem, suppose, φῆ γὰρ ὅ γ' αἱρήσειν Πριάμου πόλιν Il. 2.37
; φαίης κε ζάκοτόν τέ τιν' ἔμμεναι ἄφρονά τε you would say, would think, he was.., 3.220; ἶσον ἐμοὶ φάσθαι to say he is (i. e. fancy himself) equal to me, 1.187, 15.167; μὴ.. φαθὶ λεύσσειν think not that you see, Theoc.22.56; τί φῄς; what say you? i.e. what think you? (v. infr. 11.5); λέγ' ἀνύσας ὅ τι φῄς Ar.Pl. 349
:—so φ. δεῖν, φ. χρῆναι, deem it right, And.3.34, Isoc.3.48.

c say, i.e. write, of an author, ὡς ἔφημεν Gal.1.158
, etc.—The [voice] Med. has all these senses as well as the [voice] Act.

II Special Phrases:

1 φασί, they say, it is said, Il.5.638, Od.6.42, etc.; parenthetically, Arist.EN 1109a35, Men.Epit. 223, etc.: Prose writers use φησί when quoting, D.23.89, etc.; φησίν saith He, 1 Ep.Cor.6.16; esp. of an opponent's objection, Plu.2.112c; even after a plural, ὅ τοίνυν μέγιστον ἔχειν οἴονται.. καὶ αὐτός, φησί, τῶν εἰσιόντων ἦσθα Lib.Or.52.39
; "τὸν δὲ μετ' εἰσενόησα, ἔφη Ὅμηρος as H. said, Pl.Prt. 315b.

2 joined with a synon. Verb, ἔφη λέγων, ἔφησε λέγων, Hdt.3.156, 6.137, etc.; ἔλεγε φάς Id.1.122
; λέγει οὐδέν, φαμένη .. Id.2.22; τί ἐροῦμεν ἢ τί φήσομεν; D.8.37
, cf. 25.100; τί φῶ; τί λέξω; E.Hel. 483
.

3 in repeating dialogues the Verb commonly goes before its subject, ἔφην ἐγώ, ἔφη ὁ Σωκράτης, said I, said S., but the order is sts. inverted, ἐγὼ ἔφην, ὁ Σωκράτης ἔφη, I said, S. said.

4 inserted parenthetically, though the sentence has been introduced by λέγει, εἶπεν, etc., ὁ Ἰσχόμαχος.. εἶπεν· ἀλλὰ παίζεις μὲν σύ γε, ἔφη X.Oec.17.10
, cf. Pl.Chrm. 164e; ἡ κρίσις.. διαρρήδην λέγει διότι, φησίν, ἔδοξε τἀληθῆ εἰσαγγεῖλαι Lys.13.50
.

5 τί φημί; S.OT 1471
, and τί φῄς; Ph. 804
, E.Hel. 706 (dub.), are used extra metrum, as exclamations.

6 κυριώτατα φάναι, in parenthesis, strictly speaking, Ph.2.374; ὡς οὕτω φάναι, = ὡς εἰπεῖν, ἅπασαι ὡς οὕτω φάναι practically all, Gal.Vict.Att.9; συνελόντα (v.l. -όντι) φάναι, = συνελόντι εἰπεῖν, Id.16.502.

7 Οἰδίπουν.. ἂν μόνον φῶ if I only mention Oedipus, Antiph.191.6, cf. Pl.Cra. 411a, 435a.

III like κατάφημι, say yes, affirm, assert, καὶ τοὺς φάναι and they said yes, Hdt.8.88; καί φημι κἀπόφημι S.OC 317
; ἔγωγέ φημι Pl. Grg. 526c
; φάναι τε καὶ ἀπαρνεῖσθαι Id.Tht. 165a
: c. inf., φῂς ἢ καταρνεῖ μὴ δεδρακέναι τάδε; S.Ant. 442
; but οὔ φημι means say no, deny, refuse, c. inf., ἡ Πυθίη οὐκ ἔφη χρήσειν said she would not.., Hdt.1.19, cf. 8.2; οὐκ ἔφασαν ἐπιτρέψαι Lys.13.15
, 47 (leg. - τρέψειν): c. acc. et inf., οὔ φημ' Ὀρέστην σ' ἐνδίκως ἀνδρηλατεῖν A.Eu. 221
, cf. Hdt.2.63: abs., κἂν μὲν μὴ φῇ if he says no, Ar.Av. 555 (anap.); ἢ φάθι ἢ μὴ ἃ ἐρωτῶ answer me yes or no, Pl.Grg. 475e; so in answers, φημί or
οὕτως φημί
yes, Id.Phdr. 270c
, al., Grg. 500e; οὐκ ἔφη he said no, Id.Phd. 118a.— In this sense [dialect] Att. writers, besides [tense] pres., mostly use [tense] fut. φήσω and [tense] aor. ἔφησα, but in [tense] impf., inf., and part. [tense] pres., to avoid ambiguity, they prefer ἔφασκον, φάσκειν, φάσκων (v. φάσκω): φάναι is distd. fr. φάσκειν, e.g. ἔφη σπουδάζειν he said he was in haste, ἔφασκε σπουδάζειν he alleged he was in haste; but ἔφησθα is found in this sense, X.An.1.6.7.

IV command, order, ἔφην τῷ Ὀρθοβούλῳ ἐξαλεῖψαί με Lys.16.13
(so ἔφασαν, v. l. for ἔφρασαν in X.Cyr.4.6.11).

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > φημί
12 audeo

audĕo, ausus, 2, v. a. and n. ( perf. ausi = ausus sum, Cato ap. Prisc. p. 868 P.; hence freq. in the poets, and prose writers modelled after them, subj. sync. ausim, Plaut. Poen. 5, 6, 21; Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 45; 5, 2, 65; Lucr. 2, 178; 5, 196; Verg. E. 3, 32; id. G. 2, 289; Tib. 4, 1, 193; Prop. 2, 5, 24; 3, 12, 21; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 1; Stat. Th. 1, 18; 3, 165; id. Achill. 2, 266; Liv. praef. 1; Plin. Ep. 4, 4 fin.; Tac. Agr. 43: ausis, Att. ap. Non. p. 4, 62; Lucr. 2, 982; 4, 508; 5, 730; 6, 412; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 27 Müll.:
ausit,
Cat. 61, 65; 61, 70; 61, 75; 66, 28; Ov. M. 6, 466; Stat. Th. 12, 101; id. Achill. 1, 544; Liv. 5, 3 fin.:
* ausint,
Stat. Th. 11, 126; cf. Prisc l. l.; Struve, p. 175 sq.; Ramsh. Gr. p. 140; Neue, Formenl. II. pp. 333 sq., 542, 547 sq. al.) [acc. to Pott, for avideo from avidus, pr. to be eager about something, to have spirit or courage for it; v. 1. aveo], to venture, to venture to do, to dare; to be bold, courageous (with the idea of courage, boldness; while conari designates a mere attempt, an undertaking; syn.: conor, molior); constr. with acc., inf., quin, in with acc. or abl., and absol.
(α).
With acc. (mostly in poets and histt., esp. in Tac.):
Quā audaciā tantum facinus audet?
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 37; so,
ut pessimum facinus auderent,
Tac. H. 1, 28; 2, 85; Suet. Calig. 49: quid domini faciant, audent cum talia furesl Verg. E. 3, 16:
ausum talia deposcunt,
Ov. M. 1, 199; 13, 244:
capitalem fraudem ausi,
Liv. 23, 14; 3, 2; 26, 40; Vell. 2, 24, 5:
erant qui id flagitium formidine auderent,
Tac. A. 1, 69:
ausuros nocturnam castrorum oppugnationem,
id. ib. 2, 12; 4, 49; 11, 9; 12, 28; 14, 25; id. H. 1, 48; 2, 25; 2, 69;
4, 15 al.: ad audendum aliquid concitāsset, nisi etc.,
Suet. Caes. 8; 19; id. Tib. 37; id. Tit. 8; Just. 5, 9 al.; hence also pass.:
multa dolo, pleraque per vim audebantur,
Liv. 39, 8 fin.:
auderi adversus aliquem dimicare,
Nep. Milt. 4 fin.:
agenda res est audendaque,
Liv. 35, 35, 6; Vell. 2, 56 fin.:
patroni necem,
Suet. Dom. 14.—Also ausus, a, um, pass., Tac. A. 3, 67 fin. —
(β).
With inf. (the usual constr.;
freq. both in prose and poetry): etiam audes meā revorti gratiā?
Plaut. Men. 4, 3, 23:
Ecquid audes de tuo istuc addere?
do you undertake, venture upon? id. ib. 1, 2, 40:
commovere me miser non audeo,
I venture not to stir, id. Truc. 4, 3, 44:
Neque tibi quicquam dare ausim,
Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 65:
nil jam muttire audeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 25; 3, 5, 7; id. Heaut. 5, 1, 80; id. Phorm. 5, 1, 31:
hoc ex ipsis caeli rationibus ausim confirmare,
Lucr. 5, 196:
auderent credere gentes,
id. 2, 1036; 1, 68; by poet. license transf. to things: Vitigeni latices in aquaï fontibus audent Misceri, the juice from the vine ventures boldly to intermingle with the water, id. 6, 1072:
Mithridates tantum victus efficere potuit, quantum incolumis numquam est ausus optare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 25:
imperatorem deposcere,
id. ib. 5, 12: ut de Ligarii (facto) non audeam confiteril id. Lig. 3, 8: audeo dicere, I dare say, venture to assert, = tolmô legein, Cic. Fin. 5, 28, 84 et saep.:
qui pulsi loco cedere ausi erant,
Sall. C. 9, 4; 20, 3:
quem tu praeponere no bis Audes,
Cat. 81, 6:
refrenare licentiam,
Hor. C. 3, 24, 28:
vana contemnere,
Liv. 9, 17, 9:
mensuram prodere ausos,
Plin. 2, 1, 1, § 3 al.:
non sunt ausi persequi recedentes,
Vulg. Gen. 35, 5; 44, 26; ib. Job, 29, 22; 37, 24; ib. Matt. 22, 46; ib. Act. 5, 13; ib. Rom. 5, 7 et persaepe.—
* (γ).
With quin:
ut non audeam, quin promam omnia,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 11.—
(δ).
With in with acc. or abl. (eccl. Lat.): Rogo vos ne praesens audeam in quosdam (Gr. epi tinas), Vulg. 2 Cor. 10, 2: In quo quis audet, audeo et ego (Gr. en ô), ib. 2 Cor. 11, 21.—
(ε).
Absol.:
(Romani) audendo... magni facti,
Sall. H. Fragm. 4 (n. 12 fin. Gerl.):
Nec nunc illi, quia audent, sed quia necesse est, pugnaturi sunt,
Liv. 21, 40, 7:
in ejus modi consiliis periculosius esse deprehendi quam audere,
Tac. Agr. 15 fin.:
duo itinera audendi (esse), seu mallet statim arma, seu etc.,
id. H. 4, 49:
auctor ego audendi,
Verg. A. 12, 159:
Nam spirat tragicum satis et feliciter audet,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 166.—With an object to be supplied from the context:
hos vero novos magistros nihil intellegebam posse docere, nisi ut auderent (sc. dicere, orationes habere, etc.),
Cic. de Or. 3, 24, 94; Quint. 10, 1, 33 Frotsch.; 1, 5, 72: Judaei sub ipsos muros struxere aciem, rebus secundis longius ausuri (sc. progredi, to advance further), Tac. H. 5, 11: 2, 25, cf. Verg. A. 2, 347.— Hence, P. a.,
1.
audens, entis, daring, bold, intrepid, courageous; mostly in a good sense ( poet. or in post-Aug prose):
tu ne cede malis, sed contra audentior ito,
Verg. A. 6, 95:
audentes deus ipse juvat,
Ov. M. 10, 586; so id. A. A. 1, 608; id. F. 2, 782:
spes audentior,
Val. Fl. 4, 284:
nil gravius audenti quam ignavo patiendum esse,
Tac. A. 14, 58; id. H. 2, 2 audentissimi cujusque procursu. id. Agr. 33; id. Or. 14 al.— Adv.: audenter, boldly, fearlessly, rashly: liceat audenter dicere, — Vulg Act. 2, 29; Dig. 28, 2, 29 fin. — Comp.:
audentius jam onerat Sejanum,
Tac. A. 4, 68 progressus, id. ib. 13, 40:
circumsistere,
id. H. 2, 78:
inrupere,
id. ib. 1, 79:
agere fortius et audentius,
id. Or 18.— Sup prob not in use.—
2.
ausus, a, um, ventured, attempted, undertaken, hence subst.: au-sum, i, n., a daring attempt, a venture, an undertaking, enterprise ( poet. or in postAug. prose; acc. to Serv. ad Verg. A. 12, 351, perh. not before Verg.):
At tibi pro scelere, exclamat, pro talibus ausis,
Verg. A. 2, 535; 12, 351:
fortia ausa,
id. ib. 9, 281:
ingentibus annuat ausis,
Ov. M. 7, 178; 2, 328; 11, 12; 9, 621; 10, 460; 11, 242; id. H. 14, 49 al.; Stat. Th. 4, 368:
ausum improbum,
Plin. 2, 108, 112, § 147.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > audeo
13 aecus

aequus ( aecus, Pac. 32 Rib.; Lucr. 5, 1023 Lachm. and Munro; AIQVOS, S. C. de Bacch. 1. 26), a, um, adj. [formerly referred to EIKÔ, eoika, but Pott connects it with Sanscr. ēka = one, as if properly, one and uniform; others consider it as akin to aemulor, q. v.].
I.
A.. Of place, that extends or lies in a horizontal direction, plain, even, level, flat (esp. freq. in the strategic descriptions of the histt.;
syn.: planus, aequalis, aequabilis, par, similis, justus): locus ad libellam aequus,
level, Varr. R. R. 1, 6 fin.:
aequus et planus locus,
Cic. Caec. 17 fin.:
in aequum locum se demittere,
Caes. B. G. 7, 28: legio, quae paulo aequiore loco constiterat, id. ib. 7, 51:
in aequum locum deducere,
Sall. J. 42 (cf. in Gr. eis to isoW katabainein, Xen. Anab. 4, 6, 18).— Trop.:
sive loquitur ex inferiore loco sive aequo sive ex superiore,
i. e. before the judges, sitting on raised seats, or in the Senate, or in the assembly of the people from the rostra, Cic. de Or. 3, 6, 23:
meos multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos cum tuā summā laude,
from the tribune, and on private matters, id. Fam. 3, 8.—In the histt., sometimes subst.: aequum, i, n., with a gen., level ground, a plain:
facilem in aequo campi victoriam fore,
Liv. 5, 38:
ut primum agmen aequo, ceteri per acclive jugum insurgerent,
Tac. Agr. 35:
in aequum digredi,
id. ib. 18:
in aequo obstare,
id. ib. 36; id. H. 4, 23.—Also, an eminence, if it rises without inequalities:
dum Romanae cohortes in aequum eniterentur,
up the slope, Tac. A. 2, 80.—As a level place is more favorable for military operations than an uneven one, aequus has the signif.,
B.
Favorable, convenient, advantageous (as its opp., iniquus, uneven, has that of unfavorable, etc.).
1.
Of place:
locum se aequum ad dimicandum dedisse,
Caes. B. C. 3, 73:
etsi non aequum locum videbat suis,
Nep. Milt. 5, 4:
non hic silvas nec paludes, sed aequis locis aequos deos,
Tac. A. 1, 68. —
2.
Of time: judicium aequiore tempore fieri oportere, more propitious, Cic. Corn. Fragm. ap. Ascon. p. 72:
et tempore et loco aequo,
Liv. 26, 3:
tempore aequo,
Suet. Caes. 35.—
3.
In gen., of persons or things (freq. and class.), favorable, kind, friendly, benevolent, etc.; constr. absol. with dat., or in and acc. (in poets in with abl.).
(α).
Absol.:
consequeris, ut eos ipsos, quos contra statuas, aequos placatosque dimittas,
Cic. Or. 10, 34:
nobilitate inimica, non aequo senatu,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 3 med.:
meis aequissimis utuntur auribus,
id. Fam. 7, 33:
oculis aspicere aequis,
Verg. A. 4, 372:
O dominum aequum et bonum,
Suet. Aug. 53:
boni et aequi et faciles domini,
id. Tib. 29.—
(β).
With dat.:
aequa Venus Teucris, Pallas iniqua fuit,
Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 6; id. A. A. 2, 310.—
(γ).
With in and acc.:
quis hoc statuit, quod aequum sit in Quintium, id iniquum esse in Maevium,
Cic. Quint. 14.—
(δ).
With in and abl.:
victor erat quamvis, aequus in hoste fuit,
Prop. 4, 18, 28.—Hence,
4.
aequus, i, m. subst., a friend:
ego ut me tibi amicissimum esse et aequi et iniqui intellegant, curabo,
both friends and enemies, Cic. Fam. 3, 6 fin.:
aequis iniquisque persuasum erat,
Liv. 5, 45.
II.
That is equal to another in any quality, equal, like; and of things divided into two equal parts, a half:
aequo censu censeri,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 92:
partīs,
Lucr. 3, 125; so Aur. Vict. Orig. 19, 1; and Vulg. 1 Reg. 30, 24:
aequa erit mensura sagorum,
ib. Exod. 26, 8:
pondera,
ib. Lev. 19, 36:
portio,
ib. 2 Mach. 8, 30:
aequa dementia,
Lucr. 1, 705 al.:
aequā manu discedere,
to come off with equal advantage, Sall. C. 39; so,
aequo Marte pugnare,
with equal success, Liv. 2, 6; Curt. 4, 15, 29; Flor. 4, 2, 48 al.:
urbs erat in summo nubibus aequa jugo,
Ov. P. 4, 7, 24:
aequum vulnus utrique tulit,
id. M. 9, 719 (cf. id. ib. 7, 803:
aequales urebant pectora flammae): sequiturque patrem non passibus aequis,
Verg. A. 2, 724:
pars aequa mundi,
Plin. 2, 19, 17, § 81:
utinam esset mihi pars aequa amoris tecum, i. e. aeque vicissim amaremus,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 12:
non tertiam portionem, verum aequam,
Plin. 3, 1, 1, § 5 al. —Hence the adverbial phrases,
1.
Ex aequo, in like manner, in an equal degree, equally ( = ex isou, Hdt., Dem.), Lucr. 1, 854:
dixit et ex aequo donis formaque probata, etc.,
Ov. H. 16, 87; 20, 123; id. Am. 1, 10, 33; id. A. A. 2, 682; id. M. 3, 145; 4, 62; Liv. 36, 37:
adversarum rerum ex aequo socii sunt (Fosi Cheruscis), cum in secundis minores fuissent,
Tac. G. 36 fin. —
2.
In aequo esse or stare, to be equal:
qui cogit mori nolentem, in aequo est, quique properantem impedit,
Sen. Phoen. 98:
ut naturam oderint, quod infra deos sumus, quod non in aequo illis stetimus,
id. Ben. 2, 29: in aequo ponere aliquem alicui, to make equal, to put on an equality, to compare:
in aequo eum (Philopoemenem) summis imperatoribus posuerunt,
Liv. 39, 50 fin. —
B.
Morally.
1.
Of persons, fair, equitable, impartial in conduct toward others (diff. from justus, just; v. aequitas, II.); constr. absol., with dat.; more rarely with gen.:
praetor aequus et sapiens,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 65; 2, 5, 59:
aequissimus aestimator et judex,
id. Fin. 3, 2:
praebere se aequum alicui,
id. Fam. 2, 1:
absentium aequi, praesentibus mobiles,
benevolent toward, Tac. A. 6, 36.—
2.
Of things, fair, right, equitable, reasonable: ITA. SENATVS. AIQVOM. CENSVIT., S. C. de Bach. 1. 26: et aecum et rectum est, Pac. ap. Non. 261, 13 (Trag. Rel. p. 81 Rib.):
aequa et honesta postulatio,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 2:
quod justum est et aequum, servis praestate,
just and fair, Vulg. Col. 4, 1:
postulo primum id, quod aequissimum est, ut, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 2:
aequa lex et omnibus utilis,
id. Balb. 27:
aequissimis legibus monere,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 5:
aequae conditiones,
Vell. 2, 25; see Fischer, Gr. II. 611.—Hence,
3.
ae-quum, i, n. subst., what is fair, equitable, or just; fairness, equity, or justice, etc.: jus atque aequum, Enn. ap. Non. p. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):
utilitas justi prope mater et aequi,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 98:
aequi studium,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 6.—Often with comparatives, more than is right, proper, reasonable:
lamentari amplius aequo,
Lucr. 3, 966:
injurias gravius aequo habere,
to feel too deeply, Sall. C. 50:
potus largius aequo,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 215.—Hence, aequum est, it is reasonable, proper, right, etc.; constr. with acc. and inf., in good prose also with dat. pers. and ut, Rudd. II. p. 235, n. 21: nos quiescere aequom est, Enn. ap. Diom. p. 382 P. (Trag. v. 199 Vahl.):
quae liberum scire aequom est adulescentem,
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 25:
significant Imbecillorum esse aecum misererier omnīs,
Lucr. 5, 1023:
non est aequum nos derelinquere verbum Dei,
Vulg. Act. 6, 2:
aequius est mori quam auctoritatem imperii foedare,
Aur. Vict. Epit. 12, 7:
ut peritis? Ut piscatorem aequomst (sc. perire), fame sitique speque,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 7; so,
sicut aequum est homini de potestate deorum timide et pauca dicamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 16, 47.—In Plaut., with abl.:
plus vidissem quam med atque illo aequom foret,
would be becoming in me and him, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 84; id. Rud. prol. 47.—
4.
Aequum as subst. very freq. with bonum = aequitas, equitable conduct toward others, fairness, equity, etc.:
neque quidquam queo aequi bonique ab eo impetrare,
what is right and just, Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 65:
cum de jure civili, cum de aequo et bono disputaretur,
Cic. Brut. 38:
ex aequo et bono, non ex callido versutoque jure rem judicari oportere,
id. Caecin. 23:
fit reus magis ex aequo bonoque quam ex jure gentium,
in accordance with justice and equity, Sall. J. 35.— Also without et:
illi dolum malum, illi fidem bonam, illi aequum bonum tradiderunt,
Cic. Top. 17.—So also, aequius melius, according to greater equily, Cic. Off. 3, 15; id. Top. 17.—
C.
Of a state of mind, even, unruffled, calm, composed, tranquil, patient, enduring (cf. aequitas, II. B.);
esp. freq. with animus or mens: animus aequos optumum est aerumnae condimentum,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 71:
concedo et quod animus aequus est et quia necesse est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50:
quodadest memento Componere aequus,
Hor. C. 3, 29, 32:
tentantem majora, fere praesentibus aequum,
id. Ep. 1, 17, 24;
and so, aequam memento rebus in arduis Servare mentem, etc.,
id. C. 2, 3, 1.—Esp. freq. in the adv. abl.: aequo (aequiore, aequissimo) animo, with even mind, with equanimity, patiently, calmly, quietly, with forbearance: ego, nisi Bibulus adniteretur de triumpho, aequo animo essem, nunc vero aischron siôpan, Cic. Att. 6, 8:
carere aequo animo aliquā re,
id. Brut. 6:
ferre aliquid,
Nep. Dion. 6, 7; Aur. Vict. Orig. 6, 3:
accipere,
Sall. C. 3, 2:
tolerare,
id. J. 31:
quo aequiore animo Germanicus celerem successionem operiretur,
Suet. Tib. 25:
testem se in judiciis interrogari aequissimo animo patiebatur,
id. Aug. 56.—In eccl. Lat. = bono animo:
aequo animo esto,
be of good cheer, Vulg. 3 Reg. 21, 7:
aequo animo (aliquis) est? Psallat,
ib. Jacob. 5, 13.—Hence: aequi bonique facere aliquid, to regard as fair and reasonable (prop., a gen. of value, Roby, § 1191), to put up with, be content with, submit to, acquiesce in, etc.:
istuc aequi bonique facio,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 40: tranquillissimus animus meus totum istuc aequi boni [p. 59] facit, Cic. Att. 7, 7; Liv. 34, 22 fin.:
aequi istuc faciam,
it will be all the same to me, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 189.—So also:
aequi bonique dicere,
to propose any thing reasonable, Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 32.—Hence, aequē, adv., in like manner, equally, just as = ex aequo, pariter, Gr. isôs, omoiôs (indicating the entire equality of two objects compared, while similiter denotes only likeness):
eā (benevolentiā) non pariter omnes egemus... honore et gloriā fortasse non aeque omnes egent,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 30:
non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:
universa aeque eveniunt justo et impio,
Vulg. Eccl. 9, 2.
1.
In the comic poets with cum or the comp. abl. (cf. adaeque); in Cic. and good class. authors gen. with et, atque, ac, ac si; less class. with quam, ut, quam ut; in Petr. with tamquam.
(α).
Aeque—cum:
animum advorte, ut aeque mecum haec scias,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 66, id. Poen. prol. 47: novi aeque omnia tecum, Ter Phorm. 5, 9, 43. But in Plaut. As. 4, 1, 26, tecum una postea aeque pocla potitet, una belongs with tecum to potitet, and aeque is put absol. (sc. ut tu).—
(β).
Aeque with comp. abl.:
nullus est hoc meticulosus aeque,
as this person, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 137:
qui me in terrā aeque fortunatus erit,
id. Curc. 1, 2, 51.—
(γ).
Aeque—et or aeque— que (as in Gr. ison kai, isa kai, Soph. Oed. Tyr. 611;
Thuc. 3, 14). nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,
equally as ourselves, Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67. versūs aeque prima et media et extrema pars attenditur, id. de Or. 3, 50, 192; id. Rosc. Com. 1, 2; so id. Mur. 13, 28; id. Clu. 69, 195, id. Tusc. 2, 26, 62 al.:
quod Aeque neglectum pueris senibusque nocebit,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 26.—
(δ).
Aeque—atque, —ac, —ac si, as... as; as much as, as: vide ne, quem tu esse hebetem deputes aeque ac pecus, is, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45: pumex non aeque aridus atque hic est senex, Plaut Aul. 2, 4, 18; Ter. Phorm 1, 2, 43; Varr. R. R. 3, 8, 2:
nisi haberes, qui illis aeque ac tu ipse gauderet,
Cic. Lael. 6, 22:
sed me colit et observat aeque atque patronum suum,
id. Fam. 13, 69; 2, 2; so id. Brut. 71, 248; id. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; Cels. 6, 15; Tac. H. 4, 5; Suet. Caes. 12 al.: aeque ac si. with the subj., just as if. altogether as if:
Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
Cic. Fam. 13, 43, 3; Auct Her 2, 13, 19: quo factum est, ut jumenta aeque nitida ex castellis educeret ac si in campestribus ea locis habuisset, Nep Eum. 5. 6; Liv. 10, 7, 4; 44, 22, 5 al.—
(ε).
Aeque— quam (only in Plaut. and prose writers from the Aug. per.;
neither in Cic. nor in Cæs.),
as... as, in the same manner as, as well... as, like, Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 55;
nullum esse agrum aeque feracem quam hic est,
id. Epid. 2, 3, 1:
nihil aeque eos terruit quam robur et color imperatoris,
Liv. 28, 26, 14, 5, 6, 11; so 5, 3, 4; 31, 1, 3;
in navibus posita aeque quam in aedificiis,
Plin. 2, 81, 83, § 196; so 2, 70, 72, § 180; Tac. A. 14, 38; id. H. 2, 10; 4, 52; Suet. Aug. 64, 89; id. Galb. 4 al.—
(ζ).
Aeque—ut, a rare combination, and unworthy of imitation (in authors of the class. per. its reception rests, for the most part, upon false readings for aeque et or aeque ac), as much as, like, cui nihil aeque in causis agendis ut brevitas placet, Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 1 Keil. accinctus aeque ut discinctus, Vulg. 3 Reg. 20, 11. Possidebitis eam (terram) singuli aeque ut frater suus, ib. Ezech. 47, 14:
idemque proficeret aeque ut rosaceum,
Plin. 23, 4, 45, § 89, where Jan reads proficeret quod rosaceum. —In Plaut. once aeque—quasi for the class. aeque ac. quem videam aeque esse maestum quasi dies si dicta sit, Plaut. As. 5, 1, 11 Fleck.—
(η).
Sometimes aeque—aeque, as well as, as much as. aeque pauperibus prodest, locupletibus aeque, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 25:
aeque discordiam praepositorum, aeque concordiam subjectis exitiosam,
Tac. Agr. 15.—
2.
The comparison is often to be supplied from the whole sentence or context; hence, aeque stands absol. for aeque ac, etc. (ante-class. freq.; also in Cic. and Liv.), equally, as much as, as: eadem oratio non aeque valet, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4 (from Eurip. Hec. 295: logos... ou tauton sthenei):
satin habes, si feminarum nullast quam aeque diligam?
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11: Aetna mons non aeque altus, id. Mil. 4, 2, 73; 4, 7, 10; id. Most. 1, 3, 85, etc.; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 32; Cic. Fam. 4, 6, 1; so id. ib. 5, 21; id. Fin. 4, 33, 62:
aeque sons,
Liv. 29, 19, 2;
so 29, 19, 4 al.: aeque non est dubium,
it is as little doubtful, Plin. 2, 15, 13, § 68.—
3.
With omnes, uterque, and definite numerals, to indicate that a thing applies equally to all the objects designated, equally:
non omnia eadem aeque omnibus suavia esse scito,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 51; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 2; so Cic. Off. 2, 8, 31; id. Fin. 4, 27, 75 al.:
etsi utrique nostrum prope aeque gratae erant (litterae),
id. Fam. 13, 18; so id. Quint. 28, 86; Verg. G. 3, 118; Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 33; id. Fast. 1, 226:
aeque ambo pares,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 60:
duae trabes aeque longae,
Caes. B. C. 2, 10; Suet. Aug. 101. —
4.
Sometimes absol., with several substantives, alike, equally:
Tragici et comici Numquam aeque sunt meditati,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 2, 4. imperium bonus ignavus aeque sibi exoptant, Sall. C. 11.—
5.
In Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42, nec est mihi quisquam, melius aeque cui velim, melius velle is, perhaps, to be taken together as a phrase, and the comp. considered as used in a restricted sense, as in melius est. Others consider the comp. as used for the simple positive; cf. adaeque.—
B.
Justly, with equity:
mihi id aeque factum arbitror,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 22 dub. (Ritschl: jureque id factum arbitror).— Comp.: ferro quam fame aequius perituros, more willingly, Sall. H. Fragm.— Sup.:
aequissime jus dicere,
Aur. Vict. Epit. 11, 2:
judicas ut qui aequissime,
Sid. 15, Ep. 11.
► An old adverb.
form, aequĭter, also occurs: praeda per participes aequiter partita est, Liv. Andr. ap. Non. 512, 31; so Pac. ib., Att. ib., and Plaut. acc. to Prisc. 1010 P.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aecus
14 aequum

aequus ( aecus, Pac. 32 Rib.; Lucr. 5, 1023 Lachm. and Munro; AIQVOS, S. C. de Bacch. 1. 26), a, um, adj. [formerly referred to EIKÔ, eoika, but Pott connects it with Sanscr. ēka = one, as if properly, one and uniform; others consider it as akin to aemulor, q. v.].
I.
A.. Of place, that extends or lies in a horizontal direction, plain, even, level, flat (esp. freq. in the strategic descriptions of the histt.;
syn.: planus, aequalis, aequabilis, par, similis, justus): locus ad libellam aequus,
level, Varr. R. R. 1, 6 fin.:
aequus et planus locus,
Cic. Caec. 17 fin.:
in aequum locum se demittere,
Caes. B. G. 7, 28: legio, quae paulo aequiore loco constiterat, id. ib. 7, 51:
in aequum locum deducere,
Sall. J. 42 (cf. in Gr. eis to isoW katabainein, Xen. Anab. 4, 6, 18).— Trop.:
sive loquitur ex inferiore loco sive aequo sive ex superiore,
i. e. before the judges, sitting on raised seats, or in the Senate, or in the assembly of the people from the rostra, Cic. de Or. 3, 6, 23:
meos multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos cum tuā summā laude,
from the tribune, and on private matters, id. Fam. 3, 8.—In the histt., sometimes subst.: aequum, i, n., with a gen., level ground, a plain:
facilem in aequo campi victoriam fore,
Liv. 5, 38:
ut primum agmen aequo, ceteri per acclive jugum insurgerent,
Tac. Agr. 35:
in aequum digredi,
id. ib. 18:
in aequo obstare,
id. ib. 36; id. H. 4, 23.—Also, an eminence, if it rises without inequalities:
dum Romanae cohortes in aequum eniterentur,
up the slope, Tac. A. 2, 80.—As a level place is more favorable for military operations than an uneven one, aequus has the signif.,
B.
Favorable, convenient, advantageous (as its opp., iniquus, uneven, has that of unfavorable, etc.).
1.
Of place:
locum se aequum ad dimicandum dedisse,
Caes. B. C. 3, 73:
etsi non aequum locum videbat suis,
Nep. Milt. 5, 4:
non hic silvas nec paludes, sed aequis locis aequos deos,
Tac. A. 1, 68. —
2.
Of time: judicium aequiore tempore fieri oportere, more propitious, Cic. Corn. Fragm. ap. Ascon. p. 72:
et tempore et loco aequo,
Liv. 26, 3:
tempore aequo,
Suet. Caes. 35.—
3.
In gen., of persons or things (freq. and class.), favorable, kind, friendly, benevolent, etc.; constr. absol. with dat., or in and acc. (in poets in with abl.).
(α).
Absol.:
consequeris, ut eos ipsos, quos contra statuas, aequos placatosque dimittas,
Cic. Or. 10, 34:
nobilitate inimica, non aequo senatu,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 3 med.:
meis aequissimis utuntur auribus,
id. Fam. 7, 33:
oculis aspicere aequis,
Verg. A. 4, 372:
O dominum aequum et bonum,
Suet. Aug. 53:
boni et aequi et faciles domini,
id. Tib. 29.—
(β).
With dat.:
aequa Venus Teucris, Pallas iniqua fuit,
Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 6; id. A. A. 2, 310.—
(γ).
With in and acc.:
quis hoc statuit, quod aequum sit in Quintium, id iniquum esse in Maevium,
Cic. Quint. 14.—
(δ).
With in and abl.:
victor erat quamvis, aequus in hoste fuit,
Prop. 4, 18, 28.—Hence,
4.
aequus, i, m. subst., a friend:
ego ut me tibi amicissimum esse et aequi et iniqui intellegant, curabo,
both friends and enemies, Cic. Fam. 3, 6 fin.:
aequis iniquisque persuasum erat,
Liv. 5, 45.
II.
That is equal to another in any quality, equal, like; and of things divided into two equal parts, a half:
aequo censu censeri,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 92:
partīs,
Lucr. 3, 125; so Aur. Vict. Orig. 19, 1; and Vulg. 1 Reg. 30, 24:
aequa erit mensura sagorum,
ib. Exod. 26, 8:
pondera,
ib. Lev. 19, 36:
portio,
ib. 2 Mach. 8, 30:
aequa dementia,
Lucr. 1, 705 al.:
aequā manu discedere,
to come off with equal advantage, Sall. C. 39; so,
aequo Marte pugnare,
with equal success, Liv. 2, 6; Curt. 4, 15, 29; Flor. 4, 2, 48 al.:
urbs erat in summo nubibus aequa jugo,
Ov. P. 4, 7, 24:
aequum vulnus utrique tulit,
id. M. 9, 719 (cf. id. ib. 7, 803:
aequales urebant pectora flammae): sequiturque patrem non passibus aequis,
Verg. A. 2, 724:
pars aequa mundi,
Plin. 2, 19, 17, § 81:
utinam esset mihi pars aequa amoris tecum, i. e. aeque vicissim amaremus,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 12:
non tertiam portionem, verum aequam,
Plin. 3, 1, 1, § 5 al. —Hence the adverbial phrases,
1.
Ex aequo, in like manner, in an equal degree, equally ( = ex isou, Hdt., Dem.), Lucr. 1, 854:
dixit et ex aequo donis formaque probata, etc.,
Ov. H. 16, 87; 20, 123; id. Am. 1, 10, 33; id. A. A. 2, 682; id. M. 3, 145; 4, 62; Liv. 36, 37:
adversarum rerum ex aequo socii sunt (Fosi Cheruscis), cum in secundis minores fuissent,
Tac. G. 36 fin. —
2.
In aequo esse or stare, to be equal:
qui cogit mori nolentem, in aequo est, quique properantem impedit,
Sen. Phoen. 98:
ut naturam oderint, quod infra deos sumus, quod non in aequo illis stetimus,
id. Ben. 2, 29: in aequo ponere aliquem alicui, to make equal, to put on an equality, to compare:
in aequo eum (Philopoemenem) summis imperatoribus posuerunt,
Liv. 39, 50 fin. —
B.
Morally.
1.
Of persons, fair, equitable, impartial in conduct toward others (diff. from justus, just; v. aequitas, II.); constr. absol., with dat.; more rarely with gen.:
praetor aequus et sapiens,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 65; 2, 5, 59:
aequissimus aestimator et judex,
id. Fin. 3, 2:
praebere se aequum alicui,
id. Fam. 2, 1:
absentium aequi, praesentibus mobiles,
benevolent toward, Tac. A. 6, 36.—
2.
Of things, fair, right, equitable, reasonable: ITA. SENATVS. AIQVOM. CENSVIT., S. C. de Bach. 1. 26: et aecum et rectum est, Pac. ap. Non. 261, 13 (Trag. Rel. p. 81 Rib.):
aequa et honesta postulatio,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 2:
quod justum est et aequum, servis praestate,
just and fair, Vulg. Col. 4, 1:
postulo primum id, quod aequissimum est, ut, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 2:
aequa lex et omnibus utilis,
id. Balb. 27:
aequissimis legibus monere,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 5:
aequae conditiones,
Vell. 2, 25; see Fischer, Gr. II. 611.—Hence,
3.
ae-quum, i, n. subst., what is fair, equitable, or just; fairness, equity, or justice, etc.: jus atque aequum, Enn. ap. Non. p. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):
utilitas justi prope mater et aequi,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 98:
aequi studium,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 6.—Often with comparatives, more than is right, proper, reasonable:
lamentari amplius aequo,
Lucr. 3, 966:
injurias gravius aequo habere,
to feel too deeply, Sall. C. 50:
potus largius aequo,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 215.—Hence, aequum est, it is reasonable, proper, right, etc.; constr. with acc. and inf., in good prose also with dat. pers. and ut, Rudd. II. p. 235, n. 21: nos quiescere aequom est, Enn. ap. Diom. p. 382 P. (Trag. v. 199 Vahl.):
quae liberum scire aequom est adulescentem,
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 25:
significant Imbecillorum esse aecum misererier omnīs,
Lucr. 5, 1023:
non est aequum nos derelinquere verbum Dei,
Vulg. Act. 6, 2:
aequius est mori quam auctoritatem imperii foedare,
Aur. Vict. Epit. 12, 7:
ut peritis? Ut piscatorem aequomst (sc. perire), fame sitique speque,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 7; so,
sicut aequum est homini de potestate deorum timide et pauca dicamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 16, 47.—In Plaut., with abl.:
plus vidissem quam med atque illo aequom foret,
would be becoming in me and him, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 84; id. Rud. prol. 47.—
4.
Aequum as subst. very freq. with bonum = aequitas, equitable conduct toward others, fairness, equity, etc.:
neque quidquam queo aequi bonique ab eo impetrare,
what is right and just, Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 65:
cum de jure civili, cum de aequo et bono disputaretur,
Cic. Brut. 38:
ex aequo et bono, non ex callido versutoque jure rem judicari oportere,
id. Caecin. 23:
fit reus magis ex aequo bonoque quam ex jure gentium,
in accordance with justice and equity, Sall. J. 35.— Also without et:
illi dolum malum, illi fidem bonam, illi aequum bonum tradiderunt,
Cic. Top. 17.—So also, aequius melius, according to greater equily, Cic. Off. 3, 15; id. Top. 17.—
C.
Of a state of mind, even, unruffled, calm, composed, tranquil, patient, enduring (cf. aequitas, II. B.);
esp. freq. with animus or mens: animus aequos optumum est aerumnae condimentum,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 71:
concedo et quod animus aequus est et quia necesse est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50:
quodadest memento Componere aequus,
Hor. C. 3, 29, 32:
tentantem majora, fere praesentibus aequum,
id. Ep. 1, 17, 24;
and so, aequam memento rebus in arduis Servare mentem, etc.,
id. C. 2, 3, 1.—Esp. freq. in the adv. abl.: aequo (aequiore, aequissimo) animo, with even mind, with equanimity, patiently, calmly, quietly, with forbearance: ego, nisi Bibulus adniteretur de triumpho, aequo animo essem, nunc vero aischron siôpan, Cic. Att. 6, 8:
carere aequo animo aliquā re,
id. Brut. 6:
ferre aliquid,
Nep. Dion. 6, 7; Aur. Vict. Orig. 6, 3:
accipere,
Sall. C. 3, 2:
tolerare,
id. J. 31:
quo aequiore animo Germanicus celerem successionem operiretur,
Suet. Tib. 25:
testem se in judiciis interrogari aequissimo animo patiebatur,
id. Aug. 56.—In eccl. Lat. = bono animo:
aequo animo esto,
be of good cheer, Vulg. 3 Reg. 21, 7:
aequo animo (aliquis) est? Psallat,
ib. Jacob. 5, 13.—Hence: aequi bonique facere aliquid, to regard as fair and reasonable (prop., a gen. of value, Roby, § 1191), to put up with, be content with, submit to, acquiesce in, etc.:
istuc aequi bonique facio,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 40: tranquillissimus animus meus totum istuc aequi boni [p. 59] facit, Cic. Att. 7, 7; Liv. 34, 22 fin.:
aequi istuc faciam,
it will be all the same to me, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 189.—So also:
aequi bonique dicere,
to propose any thing reasonable, Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 32.—Hence, aequē, adv., in like manner, equally, just as = ex aequo, pariter, Gr. isôs, omoiôs (indicating the entire equality of two objects compared, while similiter denotes only likeness):
eā (benevolentiā) non pariter omnes egemus... honore et gloriā fortasse non aeque omnes egent,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 30:
non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:
universa aeque eveniunt justo et impio,
Vulg. Eccl. 9, 2.
1.
In the comic poets with cum or the comp. abl. (cf. adaeque); in Cic. and good class. authors gen. with et, atque, ac, ac si; less class. with quam, ut, quam ut; in Petr. with tamquam.
(α).
Aeque—cum:
animum advorte, ut aeque mecum haec scias,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 66, id. Poen. prol. 47: novi aeque omnia tecum, Ter Phorm. 5, 9, 43. But in Plaut. As. 4, 1, 26, tecum una postea aeque pocla potitet, una belongs with tecum to potitet, and aeque is put absol. (sc. ut tu).—
(β).
Aeque with comp. abl.:
nullus est hoc meticulosus aeque,
as this person, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 137:
qui me in terrā aeque fortunatus erit,
id. Curc. 1, 2, 51.—
(γ).
Aeque—et or aeque— que (as in Gr. ison kai, isa kai, Soph. Oed. Tyr. 611;
Thuc. 3, 14). nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,
equally as ourselves, Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67. versūs aeque prima et media et extrema pars attenditur, id. de Or. 3, 50, 192; id. Rosc. Com. 1, 2; so id. Mur. 13, 28; id. Clu. 69, 195, id. Tusc. 2, 26, 62 al.:
quod Aeque neglectum pueris senibusque nocebit,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 26.—
(δ).
Aeque—atque, —ac, —ac si, as... as; as much as, as: vide ne, quem tu esse hebetem deputes aeque ac pecus, is, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45: pumex non aeque aridus atque hic est senex, Plaut Aul. 2, 4, 18; Ter. Phorm 1, 2, 43; Varr. R. R. 3, 8, 2:
nisi haberes, qui illis aeque ac tu ipse gauderet,
Cic. Lael. 6, 22:
sed me colit et observat aeque atque patronum suum,
id. Fam. 13, 69; 2, 2; so id. Brut. 71, 248; id. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; Cels. 6, 15; Tac. H. 4, 5; Suet. Caes. 12 al.: aeque ac si. with the subj., just as if. altogether as if:
Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
Cic. Fam. 13, 43, 3; Auct Her 2, 13, 19: quo factum est, ut jumenta aeque nitida ex castellis educeret ac si in campestribus ea locis habuisset, Nep Eum. 5. 6; Liv. 10, 7, 4; 44, 22, 5 al.—
(ε).
Aeque— quam (only in Plaut. and prose writers from the Aug. per.;
neither in Cic. nor in Cæs.),
as... as, in the same manner as, as well... as, like, Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 55;
nullum esse agrum aeque feracem quam hic est,
id. Epid. 2, 3, 1:
nihil aeque eos terruit quam robur et color imperatoris,
Liv. 28, 26, 14, 5, 6, 11; so 5, 3, 4; 31, 1, 3;
in navibus posita aeque quam in aedificiis,
Plin. 2, 81, 83, § 196; so 2, 70, 72, § 180; Tac. A. 14, 38; id. H. 2, 10; 4, 52; Suet. Aug. 64, 89; id. Galb. 4 al.—
(ζ).
Aeque—ut, a rare combination, and unworthy of imitation (in authors of the class. per. its reception rests, for the most part, upon false readings for aeque et or aeque ac), as much as, like, cui nihil aeque in causis agendis ut brevitas placet, Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 1 Keil. accinctus aeque ut discinctus, Vulg. 3 Reg. 20, 11. Possidebitis eam (terram) singuli aeque ut frater suus, ib. Ezech. 47, 14:
idemque proficeret aeque ut rosaceum,
Plin. 23, 4, 45, § 89, where Jan reads proficeret quod rosaceum. —In Plaut. once aeque—quasi for the class. aeque ac. quem videam aeque esse maestum quasi dies si dicta sit, Plaut. As. 5, 1, 11 Fleck.—
(η).
Sometimes aeque—aeque, as well as, as much as. aeque pauperibus prodest, locupletibus aeque, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 25:
aeque discordiam praepositorum, aeque concordiam subjectis exitiosam,
Tac. Agr. 15.—
2.
The comparison is often to be supplied from the whole sentence or context; hence, aeque stands absol. for aeque ac, etc. (ante-class. freq.; also in Cic. and Liv.), equally, as much as, as: eadem oratio non aeque valet, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4 (from Eurip. Hec. 295: logos... ou tauton sthenei):
satin habes, si feminarum nullast quam aeque diligam?
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11: Aetna mons non aeque altus, id. Mil. 4, 2, 73; 4, 7, 10; id. Most. 1, 3, 85, etc.; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 32; Cic. Fam. 4, 6, 1; so id. ib. 5, 21; id. Fin. 4, 33, 62:
aeque sons,
Liv. 29, 19, 2;
so 29, 19, 4 al.: aeque non est dubium,
it is as little doubtful, Plin. 2, 15, 13, § 68.—
3.
With omnes, uterque, and definite numerals, to indicate that a thing applies equally to all the objects designated, equally:
non omnia eadem aeque omnibus suavia esse scito,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 51; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 2; so Cic. Off. 2, 8, 31; id. Fin. 4, 27, 75 al.:
etsi utrique nostrum prope aeque gratae erant (litterae),
id. Fam. 13, 18; so id. Quint. 28, 86; Verg. G. 3, 118; Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 33; id. Fast. 1, 226:
aeque ambo pares,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 60:
duae trabes aeque longae,
Caes. B. C. 2, 10; Suet. Aug. 101. —
4.
Sometimes absol., with several substantives, alike, equally:
Tragici et comici Numquam aeque sunt meditati,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 2, 4. imperium bonus ignavus aeque sibi exoptant, Sall. C. 11.—
5.
In Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42, nec est mihi quisquam, melius aeque cui velim, melius velle is, perhaps, to be taken together as a phrase, and the comp. considered as used in a restricted sense, as in melius est. Others consider the comp. as used for the simple positive; cf. adaeque.—
B.
Justly, with equity:
mihi id aeque factum arbitror,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 22 dub. (Ritschl: jureque id factum arbitror).— Comp.: ferro quam fame aequius perituros, more willingly, Sall. H. Fragm.— Sup.:
aequissime jus dicere,
Aur. Vict. Epit. 11, 2:
judicas ut qui aequissime,
Sid. 15, Ep. 11.
► An old adverb.
form, aequĭter, also occurs: praeda per participes aequiter partita est, Liv. Andr. ap. Non. 512, 31; so Pac. ib., Att. ib., and Plaut. acc. to Prisc. 1010 P.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aequum
15 aequus

aequus ( aecus, Pac. 32 Rib.; Lucr. 5, 1023 Lachm. and Munro; AIQVOS, S. C. de Bacch. 1. 26), a, um, adj. [formerly referred to EIKÔ, eoika, but Pott connects it with Sanscr. ēka = one, as if properly, one and uniform; others consider it as akin to aemulor, q. v.].
I.
A.. Of place, that extends or lies in a horizontal direction, plain, even, level, flat (esp. freq. in the strategic descriptions of the histt.;
syn.: planus, aequalis, aequabilis, par, similis, justus): locus ad libellam aequus,
level, Varr. R. R. 1, 6 fin.:
aequus et planus locus,
Cic. Caec. 17 fin.:
in aequum locum se demittere,
Caes. B. G. 7, 28: legio, quae paulo aequiore loco constiterat, id. ib. 7, 51:
in aequum locum deducere,
Sall. J. 42 (cf. in Gr. eis to isoW katabainein, Xen. Anab. 4, 6, 18).— Trop.:
sive loquitur ex inferiore loco sive aequo sive ex superiore,
i. e. before the judges, sitting on raised seats, or in the Senate, or in the assembly of the people from the rostra, Cic. de Or. 3, 6, 23:
meos multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos cum tuā summā laude,
from the tribune, and on private matters, id. Fam. 3, 8.—In the histt., sometimes subst.: aequum, i, n., with a gen., level ground, a plain:
facilem in aequo campi victoriam fore,
Liv. 5, 38:
ut primum agmen aequo, ceteri per acclive jugum insurgerent,
Tac. Agr. 35:
in aequum digredi,
id. ib. 18:
in aequo obstare,
id. ib. 36; id. H. 4, 23.—Also, an eminence, if it rises without inequalities:
dum Romanae cohortes in aequum eniterentur,
up the slope, Tac. A. 2, 80.—As a level place is more favorable for military operations than an uneven one, aequus has the signif.,
B.
Favorable, convenient, advantageous (as its opp., iniquus, uneven, has that of unfavorable, etc.).
1.
Of place:
locum se aequum ad dimicandum dedisse,
Caes. B. C. 3, 73:
etsi non aequum locum videbat suis,
Nep. Milt. 5, 4:
non hic silvas nec paludes, sed aequis locis aequos deos,
Tac. A. 1, 68. —
2.
Of time: judicium aequiore tempore fieri oportere, more propitious, Cic. Corn. Fragm. ap. Ascon. p. 72:
et tempore et loco aequo,
Liv. 26, 3:
tempore aequo,
Suet. Caes. 35.—
3.
In gen., of persons or things (freq. and class.), favorable, kind, friendly, benevolent, etc.; constr. absol. with dat., or in and acc. (in poets in with abl.).
(α).
Absol.:
consequeris, ut eos ipsos, quos contra statuas, aequos placatosque dimittas,
Cic. Or. 10, 34:
nobilitate inimica, non aequo senatu,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 3 med.:
meis aequissimis utuntur auribus,
id. Fam. 7, 33:
oculis aspicere aequis,
Verg. A. 4, 372:
O dominum aequum et bonum,
Suet. Aug. 53:
boni et aequi et faciles domini,
id. Tib. 29.—
(β).
With dat.:
aequa Venus Teucris, Pallas iniqua fuit,
Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 6; id. A. A. 2, 310.—
(γ).
With in and acc.:
quis hoc statuit, quod aequum sit in Quintium, id iniquum esse in Maevium,
Cic. Quint. 14.—
(δ).
With in and abl.:
victor erat quamvis, aequus in hoste fuit,
Prop. 4, 18, 28.—Hence,
4.
aequus, i, m. subst., a friend:
ego ut me tibi amicissimum esse et aequi et iniqui intellegant, curabo,
both friends and enemies, Cic. Fam. 3, 6 fin.:
aequis iniquisque persuasum erat,
Liv. 5, 45.
II.
That is equal to another in any quality, equal, like; and of things divided into two equal parts, a half:
aequo censu censeri,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 92:
partīs,
Lucr. 3, 125; so Aur. Vict. Orig. 19, 1; and Vulg. 1 Reg. 30, 24:
aequa erit mensura sagorum,
ib. Exod. 26, 8:
pondera,
ib. Lev. 19, 36:
portio,
ib. 2 Mach. 8, 30:
aequa dementia,
Lucr. 1, 705 al.:
aequā manu discedere,
to come off with equal advantage, Sall. C. 39; so,
aequo Marte pugnare,
with equal success, Liv. 2, 6; Curt. 4, 15, 29; Flor. 4, 2, 48 al.:
urbs erat in summo nubibus aequa jugo,
Ov. P. 4, 7, 24:
aequum vulnus utrique tulit,
id. M. 9, 719 (cf. id. ib. 7, 803:
aequales urebant pectora flammae): sequiturque patrem non passibus aequis,
Verg. A. 2, 724:
pars aequa mundi,
Plin. 2, 19, 17, § 81:
utinam esset mihi pars aequa amoris tecum, i. e. aeque vicissim amaremus,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 12:
non tertiam portionem, verum aequam,
Plin. 3, 1, 1, § 5 al. —Hence the adverbial phrases,
1.
Ex aequo, in like manner, in an equal degree, equally ( = ex isou, Hdt., Dem.), Lucr. 1, 854:
dixit et ex aequo donis formaque probata, etc.,
Ov. H. 16, 87; 20, 123; id. Am. 1, 10, 33; id. A. A. 2, 682; id. M. 3, 145; 4, 62; Liv. 36, 37:
adversarum rerum ex aequo socii sunt (Fosi Cheruscis), cum in secundis minores fuissent,
Tac. G. 36 fin. —
2.
In aequo esse or stare, to be equal:
qui cogit mori nolentem, in aequo est, quique properantem impedit,
Sen. Phoen. 98:
ut naturam oderint, quod infra deos sumus, quod non in aequo illis stetimus,
id. Ben. 2, 29: in aequo ponere aliquem alicui, to make equal, to put on an equality, to compare:
in aequo eum (Philopoemenem) summis imperatoribus posuerunt,
Liv. 39, 50 fin. —
B.
Morally.
1.
Of persons, fair, equitable, impartial in conduct toward others (diff. from justus, just; v. aequitas, II.); constr. absol., with dat.; more rarely with gen.:
praetor aequus et sapiens,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 65; 2, 5, 59:
aequissimus aestimator et judex,
id. Fin. 3, 2:
praebere se aequum alicui,
id. Fam. 2, 1:
absentium aequi, praesentibus mobiles,
benevolent toward, Tac. A. 6, 36.—
2.
Of things, fair, right, equitable, reasonable: ITA. SENATVS. AIQVOM. CENSVIT., S. C. de Bach. 1. 26: et aecum et rectum est, Pac. ap. Non. 261, 13 (Trag. Rel. p. 81 Rib.):
aequa et honesta postulatio,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 2:
quod justum est et aequum, servis praestate,
just and fair, Vulg. Col. 4, 1:
postulo primum id, quod aequissimum est, ut, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 2:
aequa lex et omnibus utilis,
id. Balb. 27:
aequissimis legibus monere,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 5:
aequae conditiones,
Vell. 2, 25; see Fischer, Gr. II. 611.—Hence,
3.
ae-quum, i, n. subst., what is fair, equitable, or just; fairness, equity, or justice, etc.: jus atque aequum, Enn. ap. Non. p. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):
utilitas justi prope mater et aequi,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 98:
aequi studium,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 6.—Often with comparatives, more than is right, proper, reasonable:
lamentari amplius aequo,
Lucr. 3, 966:
injurias gravius aequo habere,
to feel too deeply, Sall. C. 50:
potus largius aequo,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 215.—Hence, aequum est, it is reasonable, proper, right, etc.; constr. with acc. and inf., in good prose also with dat. pers. and ut, Rudd. II. p. 235, n. 21: nos quiescere aequom est, Enn. ap. Diom. p. 382 P. (Trag. v. 199 Vahl.):
quae liberum scire aequom est adulescentem,
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 25:
significant Imbecillorum esse aecum misererier omnīs,
Lucr. 5, 1023:
non est aequum nos derelinquere verbum Dei,
Vulg. Act. 6, 2:
aequius est mori quam auctoritatem imperii foedare,
Aur. Vict. Epit. 12, 7:
ut peritis? Ut piscatorem aequomst (sc. perire), fame sitique speque,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 7; so,
sicut aequum est homini de potestate deorum timide et pauca dicamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 16, 47.—In Plaut., with abl.:
plus vidissem quam med atque illo aequom foret,
would be becoming in me and him, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 84; id. Rud. prol. 47.—
4.
Aequum as subst. very freq. with bonum = aequitas, equitable conduct toward others, fairness, equity, etc.:
neque quidquam queo aequi bonique ab eo impetrare,
what is right and just, Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 65:
cum de jure civili, cum de aequo et bono disputaretur,
Cic. Brut. 38:
ex aequo et bono, non ex callido versutoque jure rem judicari oportere,
id. Caecin. 23:
fit reus magis ex aequo bonoque quam ex jure gentium,
in accordance with justice and equity, Sall. J. 35.— Also without et:
illi dolum malum, illi fidem bonam, illi aequum bonum tradiderunt,
Cic. Top. 17.—So also, aequius melius, according to greater equily, Cic. Off. 3, 15; id. Top. 17.—
C.
Of a state of mind, even, unruffled, calm, composed, tranquil, patient, enduring (cf. aequitas, II. B.);
esp. freq. with animus or mens: animus aequos optumum est aerumnae condimentum,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 71:
concedo et quod animus aequus est et quia necesse est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50:
quodadest memento Componere aequus,
Hor. C. 3, 29, 32:
tentantem majora, fere praesentibus aequum,
id. Ep. 1, 17, 24;
and so, aequam memento rebus in arduis Servare mentem, etc.,
id. C. 2, 3, 1.—Esp. freq. in the adv. abl.: aequo (aequiore, aequissimo) animo, with even mind, with equanimity, patiently, calmly, quietly, with forbearance: ego, nisi Bibulus adniteretur de triumpho, aequo animo essem, nunc vero aischron siôpan, Cic. Att. 6, 8:
carere aequo animo aliquā re,
id. Brut. 6:
ferre aliquid,
Nep. Dion. 6, 7; Aur. Vict. Orig. 6, 3:
accipere,
Sall. C. 3, 2:
tolerare,
id. J. 31:
quo aequiore animo Germanicus celerem successionem operiretur,
Suet. Tib. 25:
testem se in judiciis interrogari aequissimo animo patiebatur,
id. Aug. 56.—In eccl. Lat. = bono animo:
aequo animo esto,
be of good cheer, Vulg. 3 Reg. 21, 7:
aequo animo (aliquis) est? Psallat,
ib. Jacob. 5, 13.—Hence: aequi bonique facere aliquid, to regard as fair and reasonable (prop., a gen. of value, Roby, § 1191), to put up with, be content with, submit to, acquiesce in, etc.:
istuc aequi bonique facio,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 40: tranquillissimus animus meus totum istuc aequi boni [p. 59] facit, Cic. Att. 7, 7; Liv. 34, 22 fin.:
aequi istuc faciam,
it will be all the same to me, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 189.—So also:
aequi bonique dicere,
to propose any thing reasonable, Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 32.—Hence, aequē, adv., in like manner, equally, just as = ex aequo, pariter, Gr. isôs, omoiôs (indicating the entire equality of two objects compared, while similiter denotes only likeness):
eā (benevolentiā) non pariter omnes egemus... honore et gloriā fortasse non aeque omnes egent,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 30:
non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:
universa aeque eveniunt justo et impio,
Vulg. Eccl. 9, 2.
1.
In the comic poets with cum or the comp. abl. (cf. adaeque); in Cic. and good class. authors gen. with et, atque, ac, ac si; less class. with quam, ut, quam ut; in Petr. with tamquam.
(α).
Aeque—cum:
animum advorte, ut aeque mecum haec scias,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 66, id. Poen. prol. 47: novi aeque omnia tecum, Ter Phorm. 5, 9, 43. But in Plaut. As. 4, 1, 26, tecum una postea aeque pocla potitet, una belongs with tecum to potitet, and aeque is put absol. (sc. ut tu).—
(β).
Aeque with comp. abl.:
nullus est hoc meticulosus aeque,
as this person, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 137:
qui me in terrā aeque fortunatus erit,
id. Curc. 1, 2, 51.—
(γ).
Aeque—et or aeque— que (as in Gr. ison kai, isa kai, Soph. Oed. Tyr. 611;
Thuc. 3, 14). nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,
equally as ourselves, Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67. versūs aeque prima et media et extrema pars attenditur, id. de Or. 3, 50, 192; id. Rosc. Com. 1, 2; so id. Mur. 13, 28; id. Clu. 69, 195, id. Tusc. 2, 26, 62 al.:
quod Aeque neglectum pueris senibusque nocebit,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 26.—
(δ).
Aeque—atque, —ac, —ac si, as... as; as much as, as: vide ne, quem tu esse hebetem deputes aeque ac pecus, is, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45: pumex non aeque aridus atque hic est senex, Plaut Aul. 2, 4, 18; Ter. Phorm 1, 2, 43; Varr. R. R. 3, 8, 2:
nisi haberes, qui illis aeque ac tu ipse gauderet,
Cic. Lael. 6, 22:
sed me colit et observat aeque atque patronum suum,
id. Fam. 13, 69; 2, 2; so id. Brut. 71, 248; id. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; Cels. 6, 15; Tac. H. 4, 5; Suet. Caes. 12 al.: aeque ac si. with the subj., just as if. altogether as if:
Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
Cic. Fam. 13, 43, 3; Auct Her 2, 13, 19: quo factum est, ut jumenta aeque nitida ex castellis educeret ac si in campestribus ea locis habuisset, Nep Eum. 5. 6; Liv. 10, 7, 4; 44, 22, 5 al.—
(ε).
Aeque— quam (only in Plaut. and prose writers from the Aug. per.;
neither in Cic. nor in Cæs.),
as... as, in the same manner as, as well... as, like, Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 55;
nullum esse agrum aeque feracem quam hic est,
id. Epid. 2, 3, 1:
nihil aeque eos terruit quam robur et color imperatoris,
Liv. 28, 26, 14, 5, 6, 11; so 5, 3, 4; 31, 1, 3;
in navibus posita aeque quam in aedificiis,
Plin. 2, 81, 83, § 196; so 2, 70, 72, § 180; Tac. A. 14, 38; id. H. 2, 10; 4, 52; Suet. Aug. 64, 89; id. Galb. 4 al.—
(ζ).
Aeque—ut, a rare combination, and unworthy of imitation (in authors of the class. per. its reception rests, for the most part, upon false readings for aeque et or aeque ac), as much as, like, cui nihil aeque in causis agendis ut brevitas placet, Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 1 Keil. accinctus aeque ut discinctus, Vulg. 3 Reg. 20, 11. Possidebitis eam (terram) singuli aeque ut frater suus, ib. Ezech. 47, 14:
idemque proficeret aeque ut rosaceum,
Plin. 23, 4, 45, § 89, where Jan reads proficeret quod rosaceum. —In Plaut. once aeque—quasi for the class. aeque ac. quem videam aeque esse maestum quasi dies si dicta sit, Plaut. As. 5, 1, 11 Fleck.—
(η).
Sometimes aeque—aeque, as well as, as much as. aeque pauperibus prodest, locupletibus aeque, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 25:
aeque discordiam praepositorum, aeque concordiam subjectis exitiosam,
Tac. Agr. 15.—
2.
The comparison is often to be supplied from the whole sentence or context; hence, aeque stands absol. for aeque ac, etc. (ante-class. freq.; also in Cic. and Liv.), equally, as much as, as: eadem oratio non aeque valet, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4 (from Eurip. Hec. 295: logos... ou tauton sthenei):
satin habes, si feminarum nullast quam aeque diligam?
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11: Aetna mons non aeque altus, id. Mil. 4, 2, 73; 4, 7, 10; id. Most. 1, 3, 85, etc.; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 32; Cic. Fam. 4, 6, 1; so id. ib. 5, 21; id. Fin. 4, 33, 62:
aeque sons,
Liv. 29, 19, 2;
so 29, 19, 4 al.: aeque non est dubium,
it is as little doubtful, Plin. 2, 15, 13, § 68.—
3.
With omnes, uterque, and definite numerals, to indicate that a thing applies equally to all the objects designated, equally:
non omnia eadem aeque omnibus suavia esse scito,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 51; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 2; so Cic. Off. 2, 8, 31; id. Fin. 4, 27, 75 al.:
etsi utrique nostrum prope aeque gratae erant (litterae),
id. Fam. 13, 18; so id. Quint. 28, 86; Verg. G. 3, 118; Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 33; id. Fast. 1, 226:
aeque ambo pares,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 60:
duae trabes aeque longae,
Caes. B. C. 2, 10; Suet. Aug. 101. —
4.
Sometimes absol., with several substantives, alike, equally:
Tragici et comici Numquam aeque sunt meditati,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 2, 4. imperium bonus ignavus aeque sibi exoptant, Sall. C. 11.—
5.
In Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42, nec est mihi quisquam, melius aeque cui velim, melius velle is, perhaps, to be taken together as a phrase, and the comp. considered as used in a restricted sense, as in melius est. Others consider the comp. as used for the simple positive; cf. adaeque.—
B.
Justly, with equity:
mihi id aeque factum arbitror,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 22 dub. (Ritschl: jureque id factum arbitror).— Comp.: ferro quam fame aequius perituros, more willingly, Sall. H. Fragm.— Sup.:
aequissime jus dicere,
Aur. Vict. Epit. 11, 2:
judicas ut qui aequissime,
Sid. 15, Ep. 11.
► An old adverb.
form, aequĭter, also occurs: praeda per participes aequiter partita est, Liv. Andr. ap. Non. 512, 31; so Pac. ib., Att. ib., and Plaut. acc. to Prisc. 1010 P.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aequus
16 volo

1.
vŏlo (2 d pers. sing. vis, orig. veis, Prisc. 9, 1, 6, p. 847 P.; 1 st pers. plur. volumus, but volimus, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 89 Speng.; 3 d pers. sing. volt, and 2 d pers. plur. voltis always in ante-class. writers;
also volt,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17, § 42; 2, 5, 49, § 128; id. Sest. 42, 90; id. Phil. 8, 9, 26; id. Par. 5, 1, 34; id. Rep. 3, 33, 45:
voltis,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 53, § 122; 2, 3, 94, § 219; 2, 5, 5, § 11; 2, 3, 89, § 208; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 33; id. Sest. 30, 64; id. Par. 1, 2, 11 et saep. — Pres. subj. velim, but sometimes volim, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 44 Ritschl; cf. Prisc. 9, 1, 8, p. 848 P.;
so volint,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 65 Ritschl), velle, volui ( part. fut. voliturus, Serv. ad Verg. A. 5, 712; contr. forms, vin for visne, freq. in Plaut. and Ter., also Hor. S. 1, 9, 69; Pers. 6, 63:
sis for si vis,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 70; id. Merc. 4, 4, 37; id. Pers. 3, 3, 8; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 38; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42; id. Rosc. Am. 16, 48; id. Mil. 22, 60; Liv. 34, 32, 20:
sultis for si voltis, only ante-class.,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. As. prol. 1; id. Capt. 2, 3, 96; 3, 5, 9; 4, 4, 11), v. irreg. a. [Sanscr. var-; Gr. bol-, boulomai; cf. the strengthened root Wel- in eeldomai, elpomai; Germ. wollen; Engl. will], expressing any exercise of volition, and corresponding, in most cases, to the Germ. wollen; in Engl. mostly rendered, to wish, want, intend, purpose, propose, be willing, consent, mean, will, and, impersonally, it is my will, purpose, intention, plan, policy (syn.: cupio, opto; but volo properly implies a purpose).
I.
In gen.
A.
With object-infinitive.
1.
With pres. inf.
a.
To wish.
(α).
Exire ex urbe priusquam luciscat volo, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 35:
potare ego hodie tecum volo,
id. Aul. 3, 6, 33:
ego quoque volo esse liber: nequiquam volo,
id. Trin. 2, 4, 39; so id. ib. 2, 4, 164:
ait rem seriam agere velle mecum,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8:
natus enim debet quicunque est velle manere In vita,
Lucr. 5, 177:
video te alte spectare et velle in caelum migrare,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 34, 82:
quid poetae? Nonne post mortem nobilitari volunt?
id. ib. 1, 15, 34:
si innocentes existimari volumus,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28:
quoniam opinionis meae voluistis esse participes,
id. de Or. 1, 37, 172:
quod eas quoque nationes adire et regiones cognoscere volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 7:
si velit suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat,
id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dominari illi volunt, vos liberi esse,
Sall. J. 31, 23:
si haec relinquere voltis,
id. C. 58, 15:
priusquam liberi estis, dominari jam in adversarios vultis,
Liv. 3, 53, 7:
si quis vestrum suos invisere volt, commeatum do,
id. 21, 21, 5:
non enim vincere tantum noluit, sed vinci voluit,
id. 2, 59, 2:
suspitionem Caesar quibusdam reliquit, neque voluisse se diutius vivere, neque curasse,
Suet. Caes. 85:
Eutrapelus cuicunque nocere volebat, Vestimenta dabat pretiosa,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 31.—
(β).
Idiomatically: quid arbitramini Rheginos merere velle ut ab iis marmorea illa Venus auferatur? what do you think the Rhegini would take for, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135.—
(γ).
Transf., of things: fabula quae posci vult et spectata reponi, a comedy which wishes (i. e. is meant) to be in demand, etc., Hor. A. P. 190:
neque enim aut hiare semper vocalibus aut destitui temporibus volunt sermo atque epistula,
Quint. 9, 4, 20; cf. id. 8, prooem. 23.—
b.
Of the wishes of those that have a right to command, the gods, masters, parents, commanders, etc., I want, wish, will, am resolved, it is my will:
in acdibus quid tibi meis erat negoti...? Volo scire,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 14; 3, 2, 17; 3, 2, 18; 3, 6, 27; id. Curc. 4, 3, 11; id. Ep. 3, 4, 74; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74; 3, 1, 17; id. Stich. 1, 2, 56; Ter. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 17:
maxima voce clamat populus, neque se uni, nec paucis velle parere,
Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55:
consuesse deos immortalis, quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
hic experiri vim virtutemque volo,
Liv. 23, 45, 9.—
c.
= in animo habere, to intend, purpose, mean, design:
ac volui inicere tragulam in nostrum senem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 14:
eadem quae illis voluisti facere tu, faciunt tibi,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 11; so id. Most. 2, 2, 5:
puerumque clam voluit exstinguere,
Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 23:
necare candem voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31: quid enim ad illum qui te captare vult, utrum [p. 2005] tacentem te irretiat an loquentem? id. Ac. 2, 29, 94:
hostis hostem occidere volui,
Liv. 2, 12, 9; 7, 34, 11: volui interdiu eum... occidere; volui, cum ad cenam invitavi, veneno scilicet tollere;
volui... ferro interficere (ironically),
id. 40, 13, 2:
tuum crimen erit, hospitem occidere voluisse,
the intention to kill your guest-friend, Val. Max. 5, 1, 3 fin.; 6, 1, 8:
non enim vult mori, sed invidiam filio facere,
Quint. 9, 2, 85.—
Pregn., opp. optare: non vult mori qui optat,
Sen. Ep. 117, 24:
sed eo die is, cui dare volueram (epistulam), non est profectus,
Cic. Att. 9, 7, 1:
cum de senectute vellem aliquid scribere,
id. Sen. 1, 2:
ego te volui castigare, tu mihi accussatrix ades,
Plaut. As. 3, 1, 10:
bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,
id. Pers. 4, 3, 10:
ego jam a principio amici filiam, Ita ut aequom fuerat, volui uxorem ducere,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 46:
at etiam eo negotio M. Catonis splendorem maculare voluerunt,
it was their purpose, Cic. Sest. 28, 60:
eum (tumulum) non tam capere sine certamine volebat, quam causam certaminis cum Minucio contrahere,
his plan was, Liv. 22, 28, 4.—Of things:
cum lex venditionibus occurrere voluit,
when it was the purpose of the law, Dig. 46, 1, 46: sed quid ea drachuma facere vis? Ca. Restim volo Mihi emere... qui me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87: Ch. Revorsionem ad terram faciunt vesperi. Ni. Aurum hercle auferre voluere, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 63:
si iis qui haec omnia flamma ac ferro delere voluerunt... bellum indixi, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 10, 24:
(plebem) per caedem senatus vacuam rem publicam tradere Hannibali velle,
Liv. 23, 2, 7:
rem Nolanam in jus dicionemque dare voluerat Poeno,
id. 23, 15, 9: qui (majores nostri) tanta cura Siculos tueri ac retinere voluerunt ut, etc., whose policy it was to protect, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 14:
ut qui a principio mitis omnibus Italicis praeter Romanos videri vellet, etc.,
Liv. 23, 15, 4: idem istuc, si in vilitate largiri voluisses, derisum tuum beneficium esset, if you had offered to grant the same thing during low prices, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215.—
d.
= studere, conari, to try, endeavor, attempt:
quas (i. e. magnas res) qui impedire vult, is et infirmus est mobilisque natura, et, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 20, 75:
nam si quando id (exordium) primum invenire volui, nullum mihi occurrit, nisi aut exile, aut, etc.,
id. Or. 2, 77, 315:
de Antonio dico, numquam illum... nonnullorum de ipso suspitionem infitiando tollere voluisse,
that he never attempted to remove, id. Sest. 3, 8; id. Div. 1, 18, 35:
audes Fatidicum fallere velle deum?
do you dare attempt? Ov. F. 2, 262.—
e.
To mean, of actions and expressions:
hic respondere voluit, non lacessere,
the latter meant to answer, not to provoke, Ter. Phorm. prol. 19:
non te judices urbi sed carceri reservarunt, neque to retinere in civitate, sed exilio privare voluerunt,
Cic. Att. 1, 16, 9.—So, volo dicere, I mean (lit. I intend to say):
quid aliud volui dicere?
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 51:
volo autem dicere, illud homini longe optimum esse quod ipsum sit optandum per se,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 20, 46.—Often with the acc. illud or id, as a correction: Tr. Specta quam arcte dormiunt. Th. Dormiunt? Tr. Illut quidem ut conivent volui dicere, I mean how they nod, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 145: Py. Quid? bracchium? Ar. Illud dicere volui femur, id. Mil. 1, 1, 27:
adduxi volui dicere,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 21; id. Am. 1, 1, 233; 1, 1, 235; id. Cas. 2, 6, 14; id. Mil. 3, 2, 7; id. Ps. 3, 2, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 9.—
f.
To be going to: haec argumenta ego aedificiis dixi; nunc etiam volo docere ut homines aedium esse similes arbitremini, now I am going to show how, etc., Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 37: quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare, I am going to worship here, etc., id. Curc. 4, 2, 41:
nunc quod relicuom restat volo persolvere,
id. Cist. 1, 3, 40:
sustine hoc, Penicule, exuvias facere quas vovi volo,
id. Men. 1, 3, 13:
sinite me prospectare ne uspiam insidiae sint, consilium quod habere volumus,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 3; id. As. 2, 2, 113; id. Cas. 4, 2, 3; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 61:
si Prometheus, cum mortalibus ignem dividere vellet, ipse a vicinis carbunculos conrogaret, ridiculus videretur,
Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9:
ait se velle de illis HS. LXXX. cognoscere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:
hinc se recipere cum vellent, rursus illi ex loco superiore nostros premebant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 45. —
g.
To be about to, on the point of: quom mittere signum Volt, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 88 Vahl.):
quotiens ire volo foras, retines me, rogitas quo ego eam,
Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 5:
quae sese in ignem inicere voluit, prohibui,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 113:
si scires aspidem latere uspiam, et velle aliquem imprudentem super eam adsidere,
Cic. Fin. 2, 18, 59; id. Div. 1, 52, 118:
quod cum facere vellent, intervenit M. Manilius,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:
qui cum opem ferre vellet, nuntiatum sibi esse aliam classem ad Aegates insulas stare,
Liv. 22, 56, 7:
at Libys obstantes dum vult obvertere remos, In spatium resilire manus breve vidit,
Ov. M. 3, 676; 1, 635:
P. Claudius cum proelium navale committere vellet,
Val. Max. 1, 4, 3.—
h.
Will, and in oblique discourse and questions would, the auxiliaries of the future and potential: animum advortite: Comediai nomen dari vobis volo, I will give you, etc., Plaut. Cas. prol. 30:
sed, nisi molestum est, nomen dare vobis volo comediai,
id. Poen. prol. 50:
vos ite intro. Interea ego ex hac statua verberea volo erogitare... quid sit factum,
id. Capt. 5, 1, 30:
i tu atque arcessi illam: ego intus quod facto est opus volo adcurare,
id. Cas. 3, 3, 35; id. Cist. 1, 1, 113; id. Most. 1, 1, 63; id. Poen. 2, 44; id. Pers. 1, 3, 85; id. Rud. 1, 2, 33: cum vero (gemitus) nihil imminuat doloris, cur frustra turpes esse volumus? why will ( would) we be disgraceful to no purpose? Cic. Tusc. 2, 24, 57:
illa enim (ars) te, verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat,
id. ib. 1, 47, 112:
ergo, si vere aestimare volumus, etc.,
Val. Max. 7, 5, 6:
si vere aestimare Macedonas, qui tunc erant, volumus,
Curt. 4, 16, 33:
ejus me compotem facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5:
visne igitur, dum dies ista venit... interea tu ipse congredi mecum ut, etc....?
id. 8, 7, 7:
volo tibi Chrysippi quoque distinctionem indicare,
Sen. Ep. 9, 14: vis tu homines urbemque feris praeponere silvis? will you prefer, etc., Hor. S. 2, 6, 92; cf. velim and vellem, would, II. A. 2.—
k.
Sometimes volui = mihi placuit, I resolved, concluded (generally, in this meaning, followed by an infinitive clause, v. I. B. 4.):
uti tamen tuo consilio volui,
still I concluded to follow your advice, Cic. Att. 8, 3, 1.—
1.
To be willing, ready, to consent, like to do something: si sine bello velint rapta... tradere... se exercitum domum reducturum, if they were willing, would consent to, would deliver, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 52:
is dare volt, is se aliquid posci,
likes to give, id. As. 1, 3, 29:
hoc dixit, si hoc de cella concederetur, velle Siculos senatui polliceri frumentum in cellam gratis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 87, § 200:
ei laxiorem daturos, si venire ad causam dicendam vellet,
Liv. 39, 17, 2; 5, 36, 4: nemo invenitur qui pecuniam suam dividere velit. Sen. Brev. Vit. 3, 1:
plerique concessam sibi sub condicione vitam si militare adversus eum vellent, recusarunt,
Suet. Caes. 68:
dedere etiam se volebant, si toleranda viris imperarentur,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12.—So with negatives, to be not willing, not to suffer, not to like, not to allow, refuse:
heri nemo voluit Sostratam intro admittere,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 49:
cum alter verum audire non vult,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98: a proximis quisque minime anteiri vult, likes least to be surpassed, etc., Liv. 6, 34, 7:
nihil ex his praeter... accipere voluit,
refused to accept, Val. Max. 4, 3, 4.—
m.
To do something voluntarily or intentionally: volo facere = mea voluntate or sponte facio: si voluit accusare, pietati tribuo;
si jussus est, necessitati,
if he accused of his own free will, I ascribe it to his filial love, Cic. Cael. 1, 2:
utrum statuas voluerint tibi statuere, an coacti sint,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:
de risu quinque sunt quae quaerantur... sitne oratoris risum velle permovere,
on purpose, id. Or. 2, 58, 235:
laedere numquam velimus,
Quint. 6, 3, 28.—So, non velle with inf., to do something unwillingly, with reluctance:
vivere noluit qui mori non vult,
who dies with reluctance, Sen. Ep. 30, 10.—
n.
To be of opinion, think, mean, pretend (rare with inf.; usu. with acc. and inf.; v. B. 8.):
haec tibi scripsi ut isto ipso in genere in quo aliquid posse vis, te nihil esse cognosceres,
in which you imagine you have some influence, Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:
in hoc homo luteus etiam callidus ac veterator esse vult, quod ita scribit, etc.,
pretends, means to be, id. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 35: sed idem Aelius Stoicus esse voluit, orator autem nec studuit um quam, nec fuit, id. Brut. 56, 206:
Pythago. ras, qui etiam ipse augur esse vellet,
id. Div. 1, 3, 5.—
o.
To like, have no objection to, approve of (cf. E. 1. sq.):
magis eum delectat qui se ait philosophari velle sed paucis: nam omnino haud placere,
that he liked, had no objection to philosophizing, Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; v. also II. A.—
2.
With pres. inf. understood.
a.
Supplied from a preceding or subsequent clause.
(α).
To wish, it is his will, etc. (cf. 1. a. and b. supra):
nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo, i. e. vivere,
as I wish, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111: quod diu vivendo multa quae non volt (i. e. videre) videt, Caecil. ap. Cic. Sen. 8, 25:
proinde licet quotvis vivendo condere saecla,
Lucr. 3, 1090:
nec tantum proficiebam quantum volebam,
Cic. Att. 1, 17, 1:
tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle (i. e. persuadere) ceteris, sibi certe persuasisse videatur,
id. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:
sed liceret, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 81:
quo praesidio senatus libere quae vellet decernere auderet,
id. B. C. 1, 2.—Of things:
neque chorda sonum reddit quem vult manus et mens,
Hor. A. P. 348.—
(β).
To choose, be pleased (freq.):
tum mihi faciat quod volt magnus Juppiter,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 50:
id repetundi copia est, quando velis,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 7:
habuit aurum quamdiu voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31:
rapiebat et asportabat quantum a quoque volebat Apronius,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 29:
provincias quas vellet, quibus vellet, venderet?
id. Sest. 39, 84:
quotiens ille tibi potestatem facturus sit ut eligas utrum velis,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:
daret utrum vellet subclamatum est,
Liv. 21, 18, 14:
senatus consultum factum est ut plebes praeficeret quaestioni quem vellet,
id. 4, 51, 2:
saxi materiaeque caedendae unde quisque vellet jus factum,
id. 5, 55, 3; cf. id. 2, 13, 9; 5, 46, 10; 6, 25, 5; 22, 10, 23; 23, 6, 2; 23, 15, 15; 23, 45, 10; 23, 47, 2;
26, 21, 11: vicem suam conquestus, quod sibi soli non liceret amicis, quatenus vellet, irasci,
Suet. Aug. 66:
at tu quantum vis tolle,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 16.—
(γ).
To intend, it is my purpose, etc. (v. 1. c. supra):
sine me pervenire quo volo,
let me come to my point, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 44:
scripsi igitur Aristotelio more, quemadmodum quidem volui, tres libros... de Oratore,
as I intended, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 23:
ut meliore condicione quam qua ipse vult imitetur homines eos qui, etc.,
id. Div. in Caecil. 8, 25:
ego istos posse vincere scio, velle ne scirem ipsi fecerunt,
Liv. 2, 45, 12. —
(δ).
To be willing, to consent, I will (v. 1. h. and l. supra): tu eum orato... St. Sane volo, yes, I will, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 57:
jube me vinciri. Volo, dum istic itidem vinciatur,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 75:
patri dic velle (i. e. uxorem ducere),
that you consent, are willing, Ter. And. 2, 3, 20 (cf.: si vis, II. A. 2, and sis, supra init.).—
(ε).
To do something voluntarily (v. 1. m. supra):
tu selige tantum, Me quoque velle velis, anne coactus amem,
Ov. Am. 3, 11, 50.—
b.
With ellipsis of inf.
(α).
Volo, with a designation of place, = ire volo:
nos in Formiano morabamur, quo citius audiremus: deinde Arpinum volebamus,
I intended to go to Arpinum, Cic. Att. 9, 1, 3:
volo mensi Quinctili in Graeciam,
id. ib. 14, 7, 2:
hactenus Vitellius voluerat (i. e. procedere),
Tac. A. 12, 42 fin. —
(β).
With other omissions, supplied from context: volo Dolabellae valde desideranti, non reperio quid (i. e. to dedicate some writing to him), Cic. Att. 13, 13, 2.—
(γ).
In mal. part., Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 7; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 16; 2. 19, 2; Prop. 1, 13, 36.—
3.
With perfect infinitive active (rare).
a.
In negative imperative sentences dependent on ne velis, ne velit (in oblique discourse also ne vellet), where ne velis has the force of noli. The perfect infinitive emphatically represents the action as completed (ante-class. and poet.).
(α).
In ancient ordinances of the Senate and of the higher officers (not in laws proper): NEIQVIS EORVM BACANAL HABVISE VELET... BACAS VIR NEQVIS ADIESE VELET CEIVIS ROMANVS... NEVE PECVNIAM QVISQVAM EORVM COMOINEM HABVISE VELET... NEVE... QVIQVAM FECISE VELET. NEVE INTER SED CONIOVRASE, NEVE COMVOVISE NEVE CONSPONDISE, etc., S. C. de Bacch. 4-13 ap. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 172.—So, in quoting such ordinances: per totam Italiam edicta mitti ne quis qui Bacchis initiatus esset, coisse aut convenisse causa sacrorum velit. [p. 2006] neu quid talis rei divinae fecisse, Liv. 39, 14, 8:
edixerunt ne quis quid fugae causa vendidisse neve emisse vellet,
id. 39, 17, 3. —
(β).
In imitation of official edicts: (vilicus) ne quid emisse velit insciente domino, neu quid domino celasse velit, the overseer must not buy any thing, etc., Cato, R. R. 5, 4:
interdico, ne extulisse extra aedis puerum usquam velis,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 48:
oscula praecipue nulla dedisse velis (= noli dare),
Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38:
ne quis humasse velit Ajacem, Atride, vetas? Cur?
Hor. S. 2, 3, 187.—
b.
In affirmative sentences, implying command (in any mood or tense; mostly poet.): neminem nota strenui aut ignavi militis notasse volui, I have decided to mark no one, etc., Liv. 24, 16, 11: quia pepercisse vobis volunt, committere vos cur pereatis non patiuntur, because they have decided to spare you, etc., id. 32, 21, 33:
sunt delicta tamen quibus ignovisse velimus (= volumus),
which should be pardoned, Hor. A. P. 347.—
c.
To represent the will as referring to a completed action.
(α).
In optative sentences with vellem or velim, v. II. B. 5. b. a, and II. C. 1. b.—
(β).
In other sentences ( poet. and post-class.): ex omnibus praediis ex quibus non hac mente recedimus ut omisisse possessionem velimus, with the will to abandon (omittere would denote the purpose to give up at some future time), Dig. 43, 16, 1, § 25; so,
an erit qui velle recuset Os populi meruisse?
Pers. 1, 41:
qui me volet incurvasse querela,
id. 1, 91.
B.
With acc. and inf.
1.
To wish (v. A. 1. a.).
a.
With a different subject: hoc volo scire te: Perditus sum miser, I wish you to know, etc., Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 46:
deos volo consilia vostra vobis recte vortere,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 31:
emere oportet quem tibi oboedire velis,
id. Pers. 2, 4, 2:
scin' quid nunc te facere volo?
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 85:
si perpetuam vis esse adfinitatem hanc,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 10:
consul ille egit eas res quarum me participem esse voluit,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 17, 41:
vim volumus exstingui: jus valeat necesse est,
id. Sest. 42, 92:
nec mihi hunc errorem extorqueri volo,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
hoc te scire volui,
id. Att. 7, 18, 4:
harum causarum fuit justissima quod Germanos suis quoque rebus timere voluit,
Caes. B. G. 4, 16:
ut equites qui salvam esse rempublicam vellent ex equis desilirent,
Liv. 4, 38, 2:
si me vivere vis recteque videre valentem,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 3:
si vis me flere, dolendum est Primum ipsi tibi,
id. A. P. 102.—With pass. inf. impers.:
regnari tamen omnes volebant,
that there should be a king, Liv. 1, 17, 3:
mihi volo ignosci,
I wish to be pardoned, Cic. Or. 1, 28, 130:
volt sibi quisque credi,
Liv. 22, 22, 14. —
b.
With the same subject.
(α).
With inf. act.:
quae mihi est spes qua me vivere velim,
what hope have I, that I should wish to live? Plaut. Rud. 1, 3, 33:
volo me placere Philolachi,
id. Most. 1, 3, 11; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 47; id. Rud. 2, 6, 1:
judicem esse me, non doctorem volo,
Cic. Or. 33, 117:
vult, credo, se esse carum suis,
id. Sen. 20, 73; so id. Off. 1, 31, 113; id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; 2, 23, 95. —
(β).
With inf. pass.:
quod certiorem te vis fieri quo quisque in me animo sit,
Cic. Att. 11, 13, 1; cf. id. Fam. 1, 9, 18:
qui se ex his minus timidos existimari volebant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39; cf. id. B. C. 2, 29:
religionis se causa... Bacchis initiari velle,
Liv. 39, 10, 2:
Agrippae se nepotem neque credi neque dici volebat,
Suet. Calig. 22 fin. —
2.
Of the will of superiors, gods, etc. (cf. A. 1. b. supra), I want, it is my will:
me absente neminem volo intromitti,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 21:
viros nostros quibus tu voluisti esse nos matres familias,
id. Stich. 1, 2, 41; id. Most. 1, 4, 2; id. Rud. 4, 5, 9; id. Trin. 1, 2, 1:
pater illum alterum (filium) secum omni tempore volebat esse,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 42:
(deus) quinque reliquis motibus orbem esse voluit expertem,
id. Univ. 10; cf. id. Sest. 69, 147; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 57; 1, 5, 14:
causa mittendi fuit quod iter per Alpes... patefieri volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 9; id. B. C. 1, 4:
quippe (senatus) foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat,
Sall. C. 19, 2:
nec (di) patefieri (crimina) ut impunita essent, sed ut vindicarentur voluerunt,
Liv. 39, 16, 11; cf. id. 1, 56, 3; 2, 28, 5; 25, 32, 6:
senatus... Romano sanguini pudicitiam tutam esse voluit,
Val. Max. 6, 1, 9; cf. id. 6, 9, 2.—So in the historians: quid fieri vellet (velit), after a verbum imperandi or declarandi, he gave his orders, explained his will:
quid fieri velit praecipit,
Caes. B. G. 5, 56:
ibi quid fieri vellet imperabat,
id. ib. 7, 16:
quid fieri vellet ostendit,
id. ib. 7, 27:
quae fieri vellet edocuit,
id. B. C. 3, 108; cf. id. B. G. 7, 45; id. B. C. 3, 78; 3, 89:
quid fieri vellet edixit,
Curt. 8, 10, 30; 4, 13, 24; Val. Max. 7, 4, 2.— Frequently majores voluerunt, it was the will of our ancestors, referring to ancient customs and institutions:
sacra Cereris summa majores nostri religione confici caerimoniaque voluerunt,
Cic. Balb. 24, 55: majores vestri ne vos quidem temere coire voluerunt, cf. id. ib. 17, 39; 23, 54; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Fl. 7, 15; id. Imp. Pomp. 13, 39; id. Div. 1, 45, 103; id. Font. 24, 30 (10, 20); id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70.—Of testamentary dispositions: cum Titius, heres meus, mortuus erit, volo hereditatem meam ad P. Mevium pertinere, Gai Inst. 2, 277. Except in the institution of the first heir: at illa (institutio) non est comprobata: Titum heredem esse volo, Gai Inst. 2, 117. —
3.
Of the intention of a writer, etc., to want, to mean, intend:
Asinariam volt esse (nomen fabulae) si per vos licet,
Plaut. As. prol. 12:
Plautus hanc mihi gnatam esse voluit Inopiam,
has wanted Poverty to be my daughter, made her my daughter, id. Trin. prol. 9:
primumdum huic esse nomen Diphilus Cyrenas voluit,
id. Rud. prol. 33:
quae ipsi qui scripserunt voluerunt vulgo intellegi,
meant to be understood by all, Cic. Or. 2, 14, 60:
si non hoc intellegi volumus,
id. Fat. 18, 41:
quale intellegi vult Cicero cum dicit orationem suam coepisse canescere,
Quint. 11, 1, 31; so id. 9, 4, 82; 9, 3, 9:
quamquam illi (Prometheo) quoque ferreum anulum dedit antiquitas vinculumque id, non gestamen, intellegi voluit,
Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 8.—
4.
To resolve:
Siculi... me defensorem calamitatum suarum... esse voluerunt,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4, 11:
si a me causam hanc vos (judices) agi volueritis,
if you resolve, id. ib. 8, 25:
senatus te voluit mihi nummos, me tibi frumentum dare,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:
qua (statua) abjecta, basim tamen in foro manere voluerunt,
id. ib. 2, 2, 66, §
160: liberam debere esse Galliam quam (senatus) suis legibus uti voluisset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 45:
tu Macedonas tibi voluisti genua ponere, venerarique te ut deum,
Curt. 8 (7), 13.— Hence,
5.
To order, command: erus meus tibi me salutem multam voluit dicere, has ordered me, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 2, 25:
montem quem a Labieno occupari voluerit,
which he had ordered to be occupied, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
ibi futuros esse Helvetios ubi eos Caesar... esse voluisset,
id. ib. 1, 13 (for velitis jubeatis with inf.-clause, v. II. B. 5. d.).—
6.
To consent, allow (cf. A. 1. I.):
obtinuere ut (tribuni) tribuniciae potestatis vires salubres vellent reipublicae esse,
they prevailed upon them to permit the tribunitian power to be wholesome to the republic, Liv. 2, 44, 5:
Hiero tutores... puero reliquit quos precatus est moriens ut juvenum suis potissimum vestigiis insistere vellent,
id. 24, 4, 5:
petere ut eum... publicae etiam curae ac velut tutelae vellent esse (i. e. senatus),
id. 42, 19, 5:
orare tribunos ut uno animo cum consulibus bellum ab urbe ac moenibus propulsari vellent,
id. 3, 69, 5:
quam superesse causam Romanis cur non... incolumis Syracusas esse velint?
id. 25, 28, 8:
si alter ex heredibus voluerit rem a legatario possideri, alter non, ei qui noluit interdictum competet,
Dig. 43, 3, 1, § 15.—So negatively = not to let, not to suffer:
cum P. Attio agebant ne sua pertinacia omnium fortunas perturbari vellet,
Caes. B. C. 2, 36.—
7.
To be of opinion that something should be, to require, demand:
voluisti enim in suo genere unumquemque... esse Roscium,
Cic. Or. 1, 61, 258: eos exercitus quos contra se multos jam annos aluerint velle dimitti, he demanded the disbanding of, etc., Caes. B. C. 1, 85:
(Cicero) vult esse auctoritatem in verbis,
Quint. 8, 3, 43:
vult esse Celsus aliquam et superiorem compositionem,
id. 9, 4, 137:
si tantum irasci vis sapientem quantum scelerum indignitas exigit,
Sen. Ira, 2, 9, 4. —
8.
To be of opinion that something is or was, = censere, dicere, but implying that the opinion is erroneous or doubtful, usu. in the third pers., sometimes in the second.
(α).
To imagine, consider:
est genus hominum qui esse se primos omnium rerum volunt, Nec sunt,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:
semper auget adsentator id quod is cujus ad voluntatem dicitur vult esse magnum,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98:
si quis patricius, si quis—quod illi volunt invidiosius esse—Claudius diceret,
Liv. 6, 40, 13.—
(β).
To be of opinion, to hold:
vultis, opinor, nihil esse... in natura praeter ignem,
Cic. N. D. 3, 14, 36:
volunt illi omnes... eadem condicione nasci,
id. Div. 2, 44, 93:
vultis evenire omnia fato,
id. ib. 2, 9, 24:
alteri censent, etc., alteri volunt a rebus fatum omne relegari,
id. Fat. 19, 45:
vultis a dis immortalibus hominibus dispertiri somnia,
id. N. D. 3, 39, 93; id. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; id. Fin. 3, 11, 36; id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:
volunt quidam... iram in pectore moveri effervescente circa cor sanguine,
Sen. Ira, 2, 19, 3.—
(γ).
To say, assert:
si tam familiaris erat Clodiae quam tu esse vis,
as you say he is, Cic. Cael. 21, 53:
sit sane tanta quanta tu illam esse vis,
id. Or. 1, 55, 23:
ad pastum et ad procreandi voluptatem hoc divinum animal procreatum esse voluerunt: quo nihil mihi videtur esse absurdius,
id. Fin. 2, 13, 40; 2, 17, 55; 2, 42, 131; 2, 46, 142; id. Fat. 18, 41.—With perf. inf.:
Rhodi ego non fui: me vult fuisse,
Cic. Planc. 34, 84.—
(δ).
To pretend, with perf. inf., both subjects denoting the same person:
unde homines dum se falso terrore coacti Effugisse volunt, etc.,
Lucr. 3, 69 (cf. A. 1. n. supra).—
(ε).
To mean, with perf. inf.:
utrum scientem vultis contra foedera fecisse, an inscientem?
Cic. Balb. 5, 13.— With pres. inf.:
quam primum istud, quod esse vis?
what do you mean by as soon as possible? Sen. Ep. 117, 24.—
(ζ).
Rarely in the first pers., implying that the opinion is open to discussion:
ut et mihi, quae ego vellem non esse oratoris, concederes,
what according to my opinion is not the orator's province, Cic. Or. 1, 17, 74.—
9.
In partic.
a.
With things as subjects.
(α).
Things personified:
ne res publica quidem haec pro se suscipi volet,
would have such things done for it, Cic. Off. 1, 45, 159:
cui tacere grave sit, quod homini facillimum voluerit esse natura,
which nature willed should be easiest for man, Curt. 4, 6, 6: fortuna Q. Metellum... nasci in urbe terrarum principe voluit, fate ordained that, etc., Val. Max. 7, 1, 1: nihil rerum ipsa natura voluit magnum effici cito, it is the law of nature that, etc., Quint. 10, 3, 4:
quid non ingenio voluit natura licere?
what license did nature refuse to genius? Mart. 8, 68, 9:
me sine, quem semper voluit fortuna jacere,
Prop. 1, 6, 25:
hanc me militiam fata subire volunt,
id. 1, 6, 30.—
(β).
Of laws, to provide:
duodecim tabulae nocturnum furem... interfici impune voluerunt,
Cic. Mil. 3, 9:
lex duodecim tabularum tignum aedibus junctum... solvi prohibuit, pretiumque ejus dari voluit,
Dig. 46, 3, 98, § 8 fin. (cf. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21, b. a, infra).—
b.
With perf. pass. inf., to represent a state or result wished for.
(α).
The inf. being in full, with esse expressed: si umquam quemquam di immortales voluere esse auxilio adjutum, tum me et Calidorum servatum volunt, if it ever was the will of the gods that any one should be assisted, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 1: Corinthum patres vestri, totius Graeciae lumen, exstinctum esse voluerunt, it was their will that Corinth should be ( and remain) destroyed, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 11:
nostri... leges et jura tecta esse voluerunt,
id. Or. 1, 59, 253:
propter eam partem epistulae tuae per quam te et mores tuos purgatos et probatos esse voluisti,
id. Att. 1, 17, 7; id. Fin. 4, 27, 76; id. de Or. 1, 51, 221:
daturum se operam ne cujus suorum popularium mutatam secum fortunam esse vellent,
Liv. 21, 45, 6: for velle redundant in this construction, v. II. A. 2. 3. infra.—With pass. inf. impers.:
sociis maxime lex consultum esse vult,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21.—
(β).
With ellips. of esse (cf. Quint. 9, 3, 9): perdis me tuis dictis. Cu. Imo, servo et servatum volo, and mean that you should remain saved, Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 56:
aunt qui volum te conventam,
who want to see you, id. Cist. 4, 2, 39:
eidem homini, si quid recte cura tum velis, mandes,
if you want to have anything done well, id. As. 1, 1, 106:
sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
id. Capt. prol. 53: id nunc res indicium haeo [p. 2007] facit, quo pacto factum volueris, this shows now why you wished this to be done, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 31 (cf. Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33; id. Aul. 3, 5, 30, II. B. 1, b, and II. B. 3. b. infra): domestica cura te levatum volo, I wish to see you relieved, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 3:
nulla sedes quo concurrant qui rem publicam defensam velint,
id. Att. 8, 3, 4:
rex celatum voluerat (i. e. donum),
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64:
Hannibal non Capuam neglectam, neque desertos volebat socios,
Liv. 25, 20, 5; 2, 15, 2; 2, 44, 3; 3, 21, 4; 22, 7, 4;
26, 31, 6: contemptum hominis quem destructum volebat,
Quint. 8, 3, 21:
si te non emptam vellet, emendus erat,
Ov. Am. 1, 8, 34 (so with velle redundant, v. II. A. 1. d., and II. A. 3. infra).—Both subjects denoting the same person:
velle Pompeium se Caesari purgatum,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Esp., with pass. inf. impers.: alicui consultum velle, to take care for or advocate somebody's interests:
liberis consultum volumus propter ipsos,
Cic. Fin. 3, 17, 57:
obliviscere illum aliquando adversario tuo voluisse consultum,
id. Att. 16, 16 C, 10:
quibus tribuni plebis nunc consultum repente volunt,
Liv. 5, 5, 3; so id. 25, 25, 17:
quamquam senatus subventum voluit heredibus,
Dig. 36, 1, 1, § 4; so with dep. part., used passively:
volo amori ejus obsecutum,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 63.—
c.
With predic. adj., without copula.
(α).
The subjects being different (mostly aliquem salvum velle):
si me vivum vis, pater, Ignosce,
if you wish me to live, Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 7:
ille, si me alienus adfinem volet, Tacebit,
id. Phorm. 4, 1, 16:
ut tu illam salvam magis velis quam ego,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 17; 3, 5, 14:
quoniam ex tota provincia soli sunt qui te salvum velint,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 67, § 150:
irent secum extemplo qui rempublicam salvam vellent,
Liv. 22, 53, 7.—
(β).
Both subjects denoting the same person (virtually = object infinitive):
in occulto jacebis quom te maxime clarum voles (= clarus esse voles),
when you will most wish to be famous, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 38:
volo me patris mei similem,
I wish to be like my father, id. As. 1, 1, 54: ut iste qui se vult dicacem et mehercule est, Appius, who means to be witty, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 60, 246:
qui vero se populares volunt,
who mean to be popular, id. Off. 2, 22, 78:
ut integrum se salvumque velit,
id. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
ut (omne animal) se et salvum in suo genere incolumeque vellet,
id. ib. 4, 8, 19. —
d.
With an inf.-clause understood.
(α).
Velle, to wish: utinam hinc abierit in malam crucem! Ad. Ita nos velle aequom est (ita = eum abire, etc.), Plaut. Poen. 4, 1, 5:
stulta es, soror, magis quam volo (i.e. te esse),
id. Pers. 4, 4, 78; id. Trin. 1, 2, 8; 2, 4, 175; id. Stich. 1, 1, 13; id. Ps. 1, 5, 55:
senatum non quod sentiret, sed quod ego vellem decernere,
Cic. Mil. 5, 12:
neque enim facile est ut irascatur cui tu velis judex (= cui tu eum irasci velis),
id. Or. 2, 45, 190; cf. id. Sest. 38, 82.—
(β).
Referring to the will of superiors, etc.:
deos credo voluisse, nam ni vellent, non fieret,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46: jamne abeo? St. Volo (sc. te abire), so I will, id. Cas. 2, 8, 57; cf. id. Mil. 4, 6, 12; id. Merc. 2, 3, 33.—
(γ).
To mean, intend (v. B. 3.):
acutum etiam illud est cum ex alterius oratione aliud atque ille vult (sc. te excipere),
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 273.—
(δ).
To require, demand (v B. 7.):
veremur quidem vos, Romani, et, si ita vultis, etiam timemus,
Liv. 39, 37, 17;
and of things as subjects: cadentque vocabula, si volet usus (i. e. ea cadere),
Hor. A. P. 71.—
(ε).
To be of opinion, will have (v. B. 8.):
ergo ego, inimicus, si ita vultis, homini, amicus esse rei publicae debeo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 8, 19:
nam illi regi tolerabili, aut, si voltis, etiam amabili, Cyro,
id. Rep. 1, 28, 44; id. Fin. 2, 27, 89; 3, 4, 12; id. Cael. 21, 53; Liv. 21, 10, 7; Quint. 2, 17, 41.—
(ζ).
With ellips. of predic. inf. (v. A. 2. b.): cras de reliquiis nos volo (i. e. cenare), it is my intention that we dine, etc., Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
volo Varronem (i. e. hos libros habere),
Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3.
C.
With ut, ne, or ut ne.
1.
With ut.
a.
To wish:
volo ut quod jubebo facias,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 65:
quia enim id maxime volo ut illi istac confugiant,
id. Most. 5, 1, 49:
ut mihi aedes aliquas conducat volo,
id. Merc. 3, 2, 17: hoc prius volo meam rem agere. Th. Quid id est? Ph. Ut mihi hanc despondeas, id. Curc. 5, 2, 71: quid vis, nisi ut maneat Phanium? Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 8:
velim ut tibi amicus sit,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 1:
quare id quoque velim... ut sit qui utamur,
id. ib. 11, 11, 2:
maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla... modestiae fructum aliquem percipere potuisset,
id. Sull. 1, 1:
equidem vellem uti pedes haberent (res tuae),
id. Fam. 7, 33, 2:
his ut sit digna puella volo,
Mart. 11, 27, 14.—Both subjects denoting the same person: volueram, inquit, ut quam plurimum tecum essem, Brut. ap. Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1.—
b.
It is the will of, to want, ordain (v. B. 2.):
at ego deos credo voluisse ut apud te me in nervo enicem,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 17: numquid me vis? Le. Ut valeas, id. Cist. 1, 1, 120: numquid vis? Ps. Dormitum ut abeas, id. Ps. 2, 2, 70:
volo ut mihi respondeas,
Cic. Vatin. 6, 14; 7, 17; 7, 18; 9, 21;
12, 29: nuntia Romanis, caelestes ita velle ut mea Roma caput orbis terrarum sit,
Liv. 1, 16, 7.—
c.
To intend, it is the purpose, aim, etc., the two subjects being the same:
id quaerunt, volunt haec ut infecta faciant,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 9.—
d.
With other verbs:
quod peto et volo parentes meos ut commonstres mihi,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 4:
quasi vero aut populus Romanus hoc voluerit, aut senatus tibi hoc mandaverit ut... privares,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48;
with opto,
id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 48;
with laboro,
Liv. 42, 14, 3;
with aequum censere,
id. 39, 19, 7.—
2.
With ne:
at ne videas velim,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23:
quid nunc vis? ut opperiare hos sex dies saltem modo, ne illam vendas, neu me perdas, etc.,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 102:
credibile est hoc voluisse legumlatorem, ne auxilia liberorum innocentibus deessent,
intended, Quint. 7, 1, 56.—
3.
With ut ne: quid nunc tibi vis? Mi. Ut quae te cupit, eam ne spernas, Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60.
D.
With subjunct. of dependent verb (mostly ante-class.; class. and freq. with velim and vellem; but in Cic. mostly epistolary and colloquial).
1.
To wish:
ergo animum advortas volo,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 23; 2, 3, 28; 2, 3, 70:
volo amet me patrem,
id. As. 1, 1, 63 dub.:
hoc volo agatis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 83:
ducas volo hodie uxorem,
Ter. And. 2, 3, 14:
quid vis faciam?
Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 49; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 24; Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 64; 2, 3, 65; 2, 6, 65; 3, 3, 3; id. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 2, 3, 56; id. Capt. 1, 2, 12; id. Poen. 3, 2, 16; id. Pers. 2, 4, 23; id. Rud. 5, 2, 45; 5, 3, 58; id. Stich. 5, 2, 21; Ter. Heaut. 4, 6, 14:
volo etiam exquiras quam diligentissime poteris quid Lentulus agat?
Cic. Att. 8, 12, 6:
Othonem vincas volo,
id. ib. 13, 29, 2:
eas litteras volo habeas,
id. ib. 13, 32, 3:
visne igitur videamus quidnam sit, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 10, 15: visne igitur descendatur ad Lirim? id. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4:
volo, inquis, sciat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 10, 2.—
2.
To be of opinion that something should be, demand, require (v. B. 7.): volo enim se efferat in adulescentia fecunditas, I like to see, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 21, 88:
volo hoc oratori contingat ut, etc.,
id. Brut. 84, 290.—
3.
With subj.-clause understood:
abi atque obsona, propera! sed lepide volo (i. e. obsones),
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 55.
E.
With object nouns, etc.
1.
With acc. of a thing.
a.
With a noun, to want, wish for, like to have:
voltisne olivas, aut pulmentum, aut capparim?
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 90:
animo male est: aquam velim,
id. Am. 5, 1, 6:
quia videt me suam amicitiam velle,
id. Aul. 2, 3, 68; so,
gratiam tuam,
id. Curc. 2, 3, 52; 2, 3, 56:
aquam,
id. ib. 2, 3, 34:
discidium,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 14: nullam ego rem umquam in vita mea Volui quin tu in ea re mihi advorsatrix fueris, I never had any wish in my life, etc., id. Heaut. 5, 3, 5: (dixit) velle Hispaniam, he wanted Spain, i. e. as a province, Cic. Att. 12, 7, 1:
mihi frumento non opus est: nummos volo,
I want the money, id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:
non poterat scilicet negare se velle pacem,
id. Att. 15, 1 a, 3; cf. id. ib. 13, 32, 2 (v. II. C. 4. infra):
si amplius obsidum (= plures obsides) vellet, dare pollicentur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 9 fin.:
pacem etiam qui vincere possunt, volunt,
Liv. 7, 40, 18:
ferunt (eum)... honestum finem voluisse,
Tac. A. 6, 26:
cum Scipio veram vellet et sine exceptione victoriam,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12:
mensae munera si voles secundae, Marcentes tibi porrigentur uvae,
Mart. 5, 78, 11.—
b.
Neutr. adjj., denoting things, substantively used: utrum vis opta, dum licet. La. Neutrum volo, Plaut. Ps. 3, 6, 16:
quorum isti neutrum volunt,
acknowledge neither, Cic. Fat. 12, 28:
voluimus quaedam, contendimus... Obtenta non sunt,
we aspired to certain things, id. Balb. 27, 61:
restat ut omnes unum velint,
hold one opinion, id. Marcell. 10, 32:
si plura velim,
if I wished for more, Hor. C. 3, 16, 38:
per quod probemus aliud legislatorem voluisse,
that the law-giver intended something different, Quint. 7, 6, 8:
ut putent, aliud quosdam dicere, aliud velle,
that they say one thing and mean another, id. 9, 2, 85:
utrum is qui scripsit... voluerit,
which of the two was meant by the author, id. 7, 9, 15:
ut nemo contra id quod vult dicit, ita potest melius aliquid velle quam dicit,
mean better than he speaks, id. 9, 2, 89:
quis enim pudor omnia velle?
to desire every thing, Mart. 12, 94, 11.—
c.
With neutr. demonstr. expressed or understood, to want, intend, aim at, like, will:
immo faenus: id primum volo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 64:
proximum quod sit bono... id volo,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 22:
nisi ea quae tu vis volo,
unless my purpose is the same as yours, id. Ep. 2, 2, 82:
siquidem id sapere'st, velle te id quod non potest contingere,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 83:
hoc (i. e. otium cum dignitate) qui volunt omnes optimates putantur,
who aim at this, Cic. Sest. 45, 98:
privatum oportet in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint,
id. Off. 1, 34, 124:
quid est sapientia? Semper idem velle atque idem nolle,
Sen. Ep. 20, 5:
pudebit eadem velle quae volueras puer,
id. ib. 27, 2:
nec volo quod cruciat, nec volo quod satiat,
Mart. 1, 57, 4.—With demonstr. in place of inf.-clause:
hoc Ithacus velit, et magno mercentur Atridae (sc. poenas in me sumi),
Verg. A. 2, 104:
hoc velit Eurystheus, velit hoc germana Tonantis (sc. verum esse, Herculem, etc.),
Ov. H. 9, 7; Hor. S. 2, 3, 88.—
d.
With neutr. of interrog. pron.: quid nunc vis? Am. Sceleste, at etiam quid velim, id tu me rogas? what do you want now? Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 5:
eloquere quid velis,
id. Cas. 2, 4, 2: heus tu! Si. Quid vis? id. Ps. 4, 7, 21; so Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 152:
sed plane quid velit nescio,
what his intentions are, Cic. Att. 15, 1 a, 5; id. de Or. 2, 20, 84:
mittunt etiam ad dominos qui quaerant quid velint,
to ask for their orders, id. Tusc. 2, 17, 41:
quid? Si haec... ipsius amici judicarunt? Quid amplius vultis?
what more do you require, will you have? id. Verr. 2, 3, 65, § 152:
quid amplius vis?
Hor. Epod. 17, 30:
spectatur quid voluerit scriptor,
we find out the author's intention, Quint. 7, 10, 1.—Sometimes quid vult = quid sibi vult (v. 4. b.), to mean, signify:
capram illam suspicor jam invenisse... quid voluerit,
what it signified, Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 30:
sed tamen intellego quid velit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 31, 101:
quid autem volunt ea di immortales significantes quae sine interpretibus non possimus intellegere? etc.,
id. Div. 2, 25, 54.—Of things as subjects:
hunc ensem mittit tibi... Et jubet ex merito scire quid iste velit,
Ov. H. 11, 96.—
e.
With rel. pron.:
quod volui, ut volui, impetravi... a Philocomasio,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 5, 1:
ut quod frons velit oculi sciant,
that the eyes know what the forehead wants, id. Aul. 4, 1, 13:
illi quae volo concedere,
to yield to him my wishes, id. Cas. 2, 3, 49:
si illud quod volumus dicitur,
what we like, id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:
multa eveniunt homini quae volt, quae nevolt,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 84; id. Ep. 2, 2, 4:
quamquam (litterae tuae) semper aliquid adferunt quod velim,
Cic. Att. 11, 11, 1:
quae vellem quaeque sentirem dicendi,
id. Marcell. 1, 1:
uti ea quae vellent impetrarent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:
satis animi ad id quod tam diu vellent,
to carry out what they had desired so long, Liv. 4, 54, 5:
sed quod volebant non... expediebant,
their purpose, id. 24, 23, 9. —Idiomatically: quod volo = quod demonstrare volo, what I intend to prove:
illud quod volumus expressum est, ut vaticinari furor vera soleat,
Cic. Div. 1, 31, 67:
bis sumpsit quod voluit,
he has twice begged the question, id. ib. 2, 52, 107.—With indef. relations:
cornucopia ubi inest quidquid volo,
whatever I wish for, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5:
Caesar de Bruto solitus est dicere: magni refert hic quid velit, sed quidquid volt, valde volt,
whatever he wills he wills strongly, Cic. Att. 14, 1, 2.—
f.
With indef. pronn.
(α).
Si quid vis, if you want any thing: illo praesente mecum agito si quid voles, [p. 2008] Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 72: Py. Adeat si quid volt. Pa. Si quid vis, adi, mulier, id. Mil. 4, 2, 47:
eumque Alexander cum rogaret, si quid vellet, ut diceret,
id. Or. 2, 66, 266; Caes. B. G. 1, 7 fin. —
(β).
Nisi quid vis, unless you wish to give some order, to make some remark, etc.:
ego eo ad forum nisi quid vis,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 94:
nunc de ratione videamus, nisi quid vis ad haec,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42.—
(γ).
Numquid vis or ecquid vis? have you any orders to give? a formula used by inferiors before leaving their superiors; cf. Don. ad Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 39:
visunt, quid agam, ecquid velim,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 113:
numquid vis aliud?
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 111; 1, 2, 106; id. Ad. 2, 2, 39; 3, 3, 78; id. Hec. 2, 2, 30:
numquid vellem rogavit,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 6:
frequentia rogantium num quid vellet,
Liv. 6, 34, 7:
rogavit num quid in Sardiniam vellet. Te puto saepe habere qui num quid Romam velis quaerant,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1.—
2.
With acc. of the person: aliquem velle.
(α).
To want somebody, i. e. in order to see him, to speak with him (ante-class. and colloq.):
Demenaetum volebam,
I wanted, wished to see, Demenoetus, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 12:
bona femina et malus masculus volunt te,
id. Cist. 4, 2, 40:
solus te solum volo,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 70:
quia non est intus quem ego volo,
id. Mil. 4, 6, 40:
hae oves volunt vos,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 24:
quis me volt? Perii, pater est,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 1:
centuriones trium cohortium me velle postridie,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 4.—With paucis verbis or paucis, for a few words ( moments):
volo te verbis pauculis,
Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 28:
sed paucis verbis te volo, Palaestrio,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 22:
Sosia, Adesdum, paucis te volo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 2.—
(β).
To love, like somebody, to be fond of somebody (anteclass. and poet.):
hanc volo (= amo),
Plaut. As. 5, 1, 18:
sine me amare unum Argyrippum... quem volo,
id. ib. 3, 2, 38:
quom quae te volt, eamdem tu vis,
id. Mil. 4, 2, 80:
aut quae (vitia) corpori' sunt ejus siquam petis ac vis,
Lucr. 4, 1152:
quam volui nota fit arte mea,
Ov. Am. 1, 10, 60: nolo virum, facili redimit qui sanguine famam: hunc volo, laudari qui sine morte potest, I like the one who, etc., Mart. 1, 8, 6.—
(γ).
To wish to have:
roga, velitne an non uxorem,
whether he wishes to have his wife or not, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 43:
ut sapiens velit gerere rem publicam, atque... uxorem adjungere, et velle ex ea liberos (anacoluth.),
Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68.—
With two accusatives: (narrato) illam te amare et velle uxorem,
that you wish to have her as your wife, Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 25; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 65.—
3.
With two accusatives, of the person and the thing: aliquem aliquid velle, to want something of somebody (cf.: aliquem aliquid rogare; mostly ante-class.;
not in Cic.): numquid me vis?
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 120:
face certiorem me quid meus vir me velit,
id. Cas. 2, 6, 1:
num quidpiam me vis aliud?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 81:
nunc verba in pauca conferam quid te velim,
id. As. 1, 1, 74:
narrabit ultro quid sese velis,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 60:
quid me voluisti?
id. Mil. 4, 2, 35:
numquid aliud me vis?
Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 101:
quin tu uno verbo dic quid est quod me velis,
id. And. 1, 1, 18; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 85; id. Cist. 2, 3, 49; id. As. 2, 3, 12; id. Merc. 5, 2, 27; id. Pers. 4, 6, 11; Ter. Heaut. 4, 8, 31; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 18; id. Eun. 2, 3, 47; id. Hec. 3, 4, 15:
si quid ille se velit, illum ad se venire oportere,
Caes. B. G. 1, 34:
cum mirabundus quidnam (Taurea) sese vellet, resedisset Flaccus, Me quoque, inquit, etc.,
Liv. 26, 15, 11; also, I want to speak with somebody (v. 2. a. a):
paucis, Euclio, est quod te volo,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 22:
est quod te volo secreto,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—
4.
With acc. of thing and dat. of the person: aliquid alicui velle, to wish something to somebody (= cupio aliquid alicui; v. cupio;
rare): quamquam vobis volo quae voltis, mulieres,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 1:
si ex me illa liberos vellet sibi,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 33:
praesidium velle se senectuti suae,
id. ib. 1, 2, 44:
nihil est mali quod illa non initio filio voluerit, optaverit,
Cic. Clu. 66, 188:
rem Romanam huc provectam ut externis quoque gentibus quietem velit,
Tac. A. 12, 11:
cui ego omnia meritissimo volo et debeo,
to whom I give and owe my best wishes, Quint. 9, 2, 35.—Esp., in the phrase quid vis (vult) with reflex. dat. of interest, lit. what do you want for yourself?
a.
Quid tibi vis = quid vis, the dat. being redundant (rare):
quid aliud tibi vis?
what else do you want? Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 90.—With quisque:
haud ita vitam agerent ut nunc plerumque videmus Quid sibi quisque velit nescire,
be ignorant as to their own aims and purposes, Lucr. 3, 1058.—
b.
What do you mean? what do you drive at? what is your scope, object, drift (rare in post-Aug. writers; Don. ad Ter. Eun. prol. 45, declares it an archaism).
(α).
In 1 st pers. (rare):
nunc quid processerim huc, et quid mihi voluerim dicam,
and what I meant thereby, what was the purpose of my coming, Plaut. As. prol. 6:
quid mihi volui? quid mihi nunc prodest bona voluntas?
Sen. Ben. 4, 21, 6.—
(β).
In 2 d pers.:
quid nunc tibi vis, mulier, memora,
what is the drift of your talk? Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60: sed quid nunc tibi vis? what do you want to come at (i.e. by your preamble)? id. Poen. 1, 1, 24: quid tu tibi vis? Ego non tangam meam? what do you mean? i. e. what is your purpose? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 28:
quid tibi vis? quid cum illa rei tibi est?
id. ib. 4, 7, 34:
quid est quod sic gestis? quid sibi hic vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? quid tibi vis?
what do you mean by all this? id. ib. 3, 5, 11:
quid est, inepta? quid vis tibi? quid rides?
id. ib. 5, 6, 6:
quid vis tibi? Quid quaeris?
id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9: Ph. Fabulae! Ch. Quid vis tibi? id. Phorm. 5, 8, 53:
roganti ut se in Asiam praefectum duceret, Quid tibi vis, inquit, insane,
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 269; so in 2 d pers. plur.:
pro deum fidem, quid vobis vultis?
Liv. 3, 67, 7.—
(γ).
In 3 d pers.:
quid igitur sibi volt pater? cur simulat?
Ter. And. 2, 3, 1:
quid hic volt veterator sibi?
id. ib. 2, 6, 26:
proinde desinant aliquando me isdem inflare verbis: quid sibi iste vult?... Cur ornat eum a quo desertus est?
Cic. Dom. 11, 29:
quid sibi vellet (Caesar)? cur in suas possessiones veniret?
Caes. B. G. 1, 44 med.:
conicere in eum oculos, mirantes quid sibi vellet (i. e. by courting the plebeians),
Liv. 3, 35, 5:
qui quaererent quid sibi vellent qui armati Aventinum obsedissent,
id. 3, 50, 15:
quid sibi voluit providentia quae Aridaeum regno imposuit?
Sen. Ben. 4, 31, 1: volt, non volt dare Galla mihi, nec dicere possum quod volt et non volt, quid sibi Galla velit, Mart: 3, 90, 2.—
(δ).
Transf. of things as subjects, what means, what signifies? quid volt sibi, Syre, haec oratio? Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 2:
ut pernoscatis quid sibi Eunuchus velit,
id. Eun. prol. 45:
quid ergo illae sibi statuae equestres inauratae volunt?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 150:
quid haec sibi horum civium Romanorum dona voluerunt?
id. ib. 2, 3, 80, §
186: avaritia senilis quid sibi velit, non intellego,
what is the meaning of the phrase, id. Sen. 18, 66:
quid ergo illa sibi vult pars altera orationis qua Romanos a me cultos ait?
Liv. 40, 12, 14:
tacitae quid vult sibi noctis imago?
Ov. M. 9, 473.—
5.
Bene or male alicui velle, to wish one well or ill, to like or dislike one (ante-class. and poet.): Ph. Bene volt tibi. St. Nequam est illud verbum bene volt, nisi qui bene facit, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 37 sq.:
jam diu ego huic bene et hic mihi volumus,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 4:
ut tibi, dum vivam, bene velim plus quam mihi,
id. Cas. 2, 8, 30:
egone illi ut non bene vellem?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 90; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 95; id. Merc. 2, 1, 21; id. Ps. 4, 3, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 9:
nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6:
quo tibi male volt maleque faciet,
Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 44:
atque isti etiam parum male volo,
id. Truc. 5, 7; cf. id. As. 5, 1, 13:
utinam sic sient qui mihi male volunt,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 13:
non sibi male vult,
he does not dislike himself, Petr. 38; so, melius or optime alicui velle, to like one better or best:
nec est quisquam mihi aeque melius quoi vellem,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42; id. Merc. 5, 2, 57:
illi ego ex omnibus optime volo,
id. Most. 1, 4, 24.—And bene velle = velle: bene volueris in precatione augurali Messalla augur ait, significare volueris, Fest. s. v. bene sponsis, p. 351.—
6.
With abl.: alicujus causa velle, to like one for his own sake, i. e. personally, a Ciceronian phrase, probably inst. of omnia alicujus causa velle; lit. to wish every thing (i.e. good) in somebody's behalf.
(α).
With omnia expressed: etsi mihi videor intellexisse cum tecum de re M. Annaeii locutus sum, te ipsius causa vehementer omnia velle, tamen, etc.... ut non dubitem quin magnus cumulus accedat commenda tionis meae, Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1:
repente coepit dicere, se omnia Verris causa velle,
that he had the most friendly disposition towards Verres, id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 64:
accedit eo quod Varro magnopere ejus causa vult omnia,
id. Fam. 13, 22, 1.—
(β).
Without omnia:
per eos qui nostra causa volunt, valentque apud illum,
Cic. Att. 11, 8, 1:
sed et Phameae causa volebam,
id. ib. 13, 49, 1:
etsi te ipsius Attici causa velle intellexeram,
id. ib. 16, 16, A, 6:
valde enim ejus causa volo,
id. Fam. 16, 17, 2 fin.:
illud non perficis quo minus tua causa velim,
id. ib. 3, 7, 6;
12, 7, 1: si me velle tua causa putas,
id. ib. 7, 17, 2:
regis causa si qui sunt qui velint,
id. ib. 1, 1, 1:
credo tua causa velle Lentulum,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4, 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21; cf. id. Imp. Pomp. (v. C. 1. b. supra), where the phrase has its literal meaning; cf. also: alicujus causa (omnia) cupere; v. cupio.—
7.
With acc. and subjunct. per ecthesin (ante-class.): nunc ego illum meum virum veniat velim (by mixture of constructions: meum virum velim; and:
meus vir veniat velim),
Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 29:
nunc ego Simonidem mi obviam veniat velim,
id. Ps. 4, 5, 10:
nimis hercle ego illum corvum ad me veniat velim,
id. Aul. 4, 6, 4:
saltem aliquem velim qui mihi ex his locis viam monstret,
id. Rud. 1, 3, 35:
patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 106; cf. id. Merc. 2, 1, 30 (v. E. 1. d. supra).
F.
Velle used absolutely, variously rendered to will, have a will, wish, consent, assent:
quod vos, malum... me sic ludificamini? Nolo volo, volo nolo rursum,
I nill I will, I will I nill again, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 57: novi ingenium mulierum: Nolunt ubi velis, ubi nolis cupiunt ultro, they will not where you will, etc., id. Eun. 4, 7, 43:
quis est cui velle non liceat?
who is not free to wish? Cic. Att. 7, 11. 2:
in magnis et voluisse sat est,
Prop. 2, 10 (3, 1), 6:
tarde velle nolentis est,
slow ness in consenting betrays the desire to refuse, Sen. Ben. 2, 5, 4:
quae (animalia) nullam injuriam nobis faciunt, quia velle non possunt, id. Ira, 2, 26, 4: ejus est nolle qui potest velle,
the power to assent implies the power to dissent, Dig. 50, 17, 3.—So velle substantively:
sed ego hoc ipsum velle miserius duco quam in crucem tolli,
that very wishing, Cic. Att. 7, 11, 2: inest enim velle in carendo, the word carere implies the notion of a wish, id. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:
velle ac posse in aequo positum erat,
his will and power were balanced, Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:
velle tuum nolo, Didyme, nolle volo,
Mart. 5, 83, 2:
velle suum cuique est,
each has his own likings, Pers. 5, 53.
II.
In partic.
A.
Redundant, when the will to do is identified with the act itself.
1.
In imperative sentences.
a.
In independent sentences introduced by noli velle, where noli has lost the idea of volition:
nolite, judices, hunc velle maturius exstingui vulnere vestro quam suo fato,
do not resolve, Cic. Cael. 32, 79:
nolite igitur id velle quod fieri non potest,
id. Phil. 7, 8, 25: qui timor bonis omnibus injectus sit... nolite a me commoneri velle, do not wish, expect, to be reminded by me, etc., id. Mur. 25, 50: nolite hunc illi acerbum nuntium velle perferri, let it not be your decision that, etc., id. Balb. 28, 64: cujus auspicia pro vobis experti nolite adversus vos velle experiri, do not desire, etc., Liv. 7, 40, 16:
noli adversum eos me velle ducere, etc.,
Nep. Att. 4, 2.—
b.
Ne velis or ne velit fecisse = ne feceris, or ne facito (v. I. A. 3. a. supra).—So ne velis with pres. inf.:
neve, revertendi liber, abesse velis (= neve abfueris),
Ov. H. 1, 80.—
c.
In affirmative imperative sentences (velim esse = esto;
rare): tu tantum fida sorori Esse velis (= fida esto or sis),
Ov. M. 2, 745; and in 3 d pers.:
di procul a cunctis... Hujus notitiam gentis habere velint (= habeant),
id. P. 1, 7, 8:
credere modo qui discet velit (= credat qui discet),
Quint. 8, prooem. 12. —
d.
In clauses dependent on verbs of commanding and wishing:
aut quia significant divam praedicere ut armis Ac virtute velint patriam defendere terram (= ut defendant),
Lucr. 2, 641: precor quaesoque ne ante oculos patris facere et pati omnia infanda velis (= facias et patiaris). Liv. 23, 9, 2:
monentes ne experiri vellet imperium cujus vis, etc.,
id. 2, 59, 4; 39, 13, 2:
et mea... opto Vulnera qui fecit facta levare velit,
Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 18: nos contra (oravimus) [p. 2009]... ne vertere secum Cuncta pater fatoque urguenti incumbere vellet, Verg. A. 2, 653. —With pass. perf. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b):
legati Sullam orant ut filii innocentis fortunas conservatas velit (virtually = fortunas conservet),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 25:
a te peto ut utilitatem sociorum per te quam maxime defensam et auctam velis (= defendas et augeas),
id. Fam. 13, 9, 3.—So after utinam or ut:
utinam illi qui prius eum viderint me apud eum velint adjutum tantum quantum ego vellem si quid possem (= utinam illi me adjuvent quantum ego adjuvarem, etc.),
id. Att. 11, 7, 7:
cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti (= utinam te credidisses),
Verg. A. 11, 153:
edictum praemittit ad quam diem magistratus... sibi esse praesto Cordubae vellet (= sibi praesto essent),
Caes. B. C. 1, 19 (cf. also I. B. 9. b. b, and I. B. 2. fin. supra).—
2.
In conditional clauses, si facere velim = si faciam, often rendered by the potential or future auxiliaries would or will:
non tu scis, Bacchae bacchanti si velis advorsarier, ex insana insaniorem facies? (= si advorseris),
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 80:
si meum Imperium exsequi voluisset, interemptam oportuit (= si executus esset),
Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 22:
si id confiteri velim, tamen istum condemnetis necesse est (= si id confitear),
if I would acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45:
si quis velit ita dicere... nihil dicat (= si quis dicat),
id. Fat. 14, 32:
dies deficiat si velim numerare, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 32, 81;
so,
id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102; id. Verr. 2, 2, 21, § 52:
qua in sententia si constare voluissent, suam auctoritatem... recuperassent,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 14; id. Verr. 2, 1, 11, § 31; id. Lael. 20, 75:
conicere potestis, si recordari volueritis quanta, etc.,
if you will remember, id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 129; so id. Or. 1, 44, 197; id. Brut. 1, 2, 5:
quod si audire voletis externa, maximas res publicas ab adulescentibus labefactatas reperietis,
id. Sen. 6, 20; so id. Or. 1, 60, 256; 2, 23, 95:
ejus me compotem voti vos facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, non vos in Samnio, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5; 23, 13, 6; 23, 15, 4: cum olera Diogeni lavanti Aristippus dixisset: si Dionysium adulare velles, ista non esses;
Imo, inquit, si tu ista esse velles, non adulares Dionysium,
Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 4:
ut si his (legibus) perpetuo uti voluissent, sempiternum habituri fuerint imperium,
id. 5, 3, ext. 3:
quid enim si mirari velit, non in silvestribus dumis poma pendere,
Sen. Ira, 2, 10, 6; cf. Curt. 5, 1, 1; 3, 5, 6; Ov. H. 17 (18), 43.—With perf. inf. pass.:
nisi ea (opera) certi auctores monumentis suis testata esse voluissent,
Val. Max. 3, 2, 24.—
3.
In declarative sentences.
a.
Volo in 1 st pers. with perf. pass. inf. or part. (volo oratum esse or oratum = oro; v. I. B. 9. b. a and b):
vos omnes opere magno esse oratos volo benigne ut operam detis, etc.,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 21:
justam rem et facilem esse oratam a vobis volo,
id. Am. prol. 33:
illud tamen te esse admonitum volo, etc.,
Cic. Cael. 3, 8:
sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 53:
illud te, Tulli, monitum velim etc.,
Liv. 1, 23, 8:
quamobrem omnes eos oratos volo Ne, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 26; so, factum volo = faciam: serva tibi sodalem, et mihi filium. Mne. Factum volo, I will, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 91: pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac, etc. Nau. Factum volo, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 4; so Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 10.—In 3 d pers.:
esse salutatum vult te mea littera primum,
Ov. P. 2, 7, 1.—
b.
With pres. inf.:
propterea te vocari ad cenam volo (= voco te),
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 72:
sed nunc rogare hoc ego vicissim te volo: quid fuit, etc. (= nunc te rogo),
id. Trin. 1, 2, 136.—
c.
With perf. act. inf.:
pace tua dixisse velim (= pace tua dixerim),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 9.—
d.
In other connections, when the will or purpose is made more prominent than the action:
eorum alter, qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit (= fecit),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 61:
si suscipere eam (religionem) nolletis, tamen in eo qui violasset sancire vos velle oporteret (= sancire vos oporteret),
id. ib. 2, 4, 51, §
114: ut insequentibus diebus nemo eorum forum aut publicum adspicere vellet (= adspiceret),
Liv. 9, 7, 11:
talentis mille percussorem in me emere voluisti (= emisti),
Curt. 3, 5, 6: quin etiam senatus gratias ei agentem quod redire voluisset ante portas eduxit (= quod redisset), Val. Max. 3, 4, 4:
utri prius gratulemur, qui hoc dicere voluit, an cui audire contigit? (= qui hoc dixit),
id. 4, 7, ext. 2:
sic tua non paucae carpere facta volent (= carpent),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 64.
B.
Velim, as potential subjunctive (mostly in 1 st pers. sing., as subjunctive of modest statement), = volo, I wish, I should like.
1.
With verb in the second person.
a.
With pres. subj., so most frequently in Cic.
(α).
As a modest imperative of the dependent verb: velim facias = fac, I wish you would do it, please do it:
ego quae in rem tuam sint, ea velim facias,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 9:
eas (litteras) in eundem fasciculum velim addas,
Cic. Att. 12, 53:
eum salvere jubeas velim,
id. ib. 7, 7, 7:
velim me facias certiorem, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 9:
tu velim saepe ad nos scribas,
id. ib. 1, 12, 4:
velim mihi ignoscas,
id. Fam. 13, 75, 1:
tu velim animum a me parumper avertas,
id. Lael. 1, 5; cf. id. Att. 1, 11, 3; 7, 3, 11; 8, 12, 5; id. Fam. 15, 3, 2 et saep.:
haec pro causa mea dicta accipiatis velim,
Liv. 42, 34, 13: velim, inquit, hoc mihi probes, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 51:
Musa velim memores, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 53.—
(β).
Expressing a wish without a command (v. vellem):
vera dicas velim,
I wish you told the truth, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 18:
quam velim Bruto persuadeas ut Asturae sit,
Cic. Att. 14, 15, 4:
ipse velim poenas experiare meas,
Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 74;
so in asseverations: ita velim me promerentem ames, dum vivas, mi pater, ut... id mihi vehementer dolet,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 47.—
b.
With infinitive clause.
(α).
With the force of a modest imperative:
sed qui istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim (i. e. a te),
Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:
extremum illud est quod mihi abs te responderi velim,
Cic. Vat. 17, 41 (may be a dependent subjunctive):
itaque vos ego, milites, non eo solum animo.... pugnare velim, etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 10.—
(β).
As a mere wish:
velim te arbitrari, frater, etc.,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 1:
primum te arbitrari id quod res est velim,
Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 9.—With perf. act.:
hanc te quoque ad ceteras tuas eximias virtutes, Masinissa, adjecisse velim,
Liv. 30, 14, 6.—With perf. pass., Liv. 1, 23, 8 (v. II. A. 3. a. supra).—
c.
With ut (rare):
de tuis velim ut eo sis animo, quo debes esse,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 4. —
d.
With ne (rare), Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—
2.
With dependent verb in the third person, expressing a wish.
a.
With pres. subj.:
ita se defatigent velim Ut, etc.,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 3:
de Cicerone quae mihi scribis, jucunda mihi sunt: velim sint prospera,
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 2:
velim seu Himilco, seu Mago respondeat,
Liv. 23, 12, 15:
sint haec vera velim,
Verg. Cir. 306:
nulla me velim syllaba effugiat,
Quint. 11, 2, 45.—With final clause:
tu velim mihi ad urbem praesto sis, ut tuis consiliis utar,
Cic. Att. 9, 16, 3; cf. id. ib. 11, 11, 2 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—With ellips. of pres. subj.:
velim mehercule Asturae Brutus (i. e. sit),
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 1.—
b.
With perf. subj. (a wish referring to the past):
nimis velim improbissumo homini malas edentaverint,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 48.—
c.
With inf.-clause:
ne ego nunc mihi modium mille esse argenti velim!
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 9: di me perdant! Me. Quodcunque optes, velim tibi contingere, id. Cist. 2, 1, 30:
velim eum tibi placere quam maxime,
Cic. Brut. 71, 249: idque primum ita esse velim;
deinde etiam, si non sit, mihi persuaderi tamen velim,
id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:
quod faxitis, deos velim fortunare,
Liv. 6, 41, 12.—With perf. pass. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):
edepol te hodie lapide percussum velim,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33:
moribus praefectum mulierum hunc factum velim,
id. Aul. 3, 5, 30.—With inf.-clause understood:
nimium plus quam velim nostrorum ingenia sunt mobilia,
Liv. 2, 37, 4.—
3.
With verb in the first person.
a.
With inf. pres. (so most freq.):
atque hoc velim probare omnibus, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47:
velim scire ecquid de te recordere,
id. Tusc. 1, 6, 13:
quare te, ut polliceris, videre plane velim,
id. Att. 11, 9, 3:
nec vero velim... a calce ad carceres revocari,
id. Sen. 23, 83:
sed multitudo ea quid animorum... habeat scire velim,
Liv. 23, 12, 7:
interrogare tamen velim, an Isocrates Attice dixerit,
Quint. 12, 10, 22.—With perf. inf. act., Ov. P. 3, 1, 9 (v. II. A. 3. c.).—
b.
With acc. and inf.:
quod velis, modo id velim me scire,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 8.—So with perf. pass. inf.:
ego praeterquam quod nihil haustum ex vano velim, Fabium... potissimum auctorem habui,
Liv. 22, 7, 4.—
c.
With subj. pres.:
eo velim tam facili uti possim et tam bono in me quam Curione,
Cic. Att. 10, 8, 10 B. and K. ex conj. Mull. (Lachm., Hoffm. posse; al. possem).—
4.
Velim in the principal sentence of conditional clauses, I would, I should be willing:
aetatem velim servire, Libanum ut (= si) conveniam modo,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 8:
velim, si fieri possit,
id. Truc. 2, 4, 12:
si quid tibi compendi facere possim, factum edepol velim (redundant),
id. ib. 2, 4, 26:
si possim, velim,
id. Stich. 4, 2, 9:
nec velim (imitari orationes Thucydidis) si possim,
Cic. Brut. 83, 287:
si liceat, nulli cognitus esse velim,
Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 42.—
5.
The other persons of velim in potential use (rare).
a.
Velis.
(α).
Imperatively = cupito:
quoniam non potest fieri quod vis, Id velis quod possit,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 6:
atque aliquos tamen esse velis tibi, alumna, penates,
Verg. Cir. 331.—
(β).
Declaratively with indef. subj.: quom inopia'st, cupias; quando ejus copia'st, tum non velis, then you (i.e. people, they) do not want it, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 45.—
(γ).
Redundant, as a form of the imperative of the dependent verb, Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38 (v. I. A. 3. a. b); id. H. 1, 80 (v. II. A. 1. b.); id. M. 2, 746 (v. II. A. 1. c.).—
b.
Velit.
(α).
Modestly for vult:
te super aetherias licentius auras Haud pater ille velit, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 558: nemo enim minui velit id in quo maximus fuit, would like that to be diminished in which, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 2, 104, and Ov. H. 9, 7 (v. I. E. 1. c. supra).— So, poet., instead of vellet with perf. inf.:
ut fiat, quid non illa dedisse velit?
Ov. Am. 2, 17, 30.—
(β).
= imperative of third person:
arma velit, poscatque simul rapiatque juventus,
Verg. A. 7, 340.—Redundantly, giving to the dependent verb the force of an imperative, Quint. 8, prooem. 12 (v. II. A. 1. c. supra; v. also I. A. 3. a. supra).—
c.
Velimus.
(α).
In the optative sense of velim:
sed scire velimus quod tibi nomen siet,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 6, 18.—
(β).
With imperative sense (= let us, we should, etc.), Quint. 6, 3, 28 (v. I. A. 2. d. supra).—
d.
Velitis = velim velitis (i. e. jubeatis, jubete):
novos consules ita cum Samnite gerere bellum velitis ut omnia ante nos bella gesta sunt,
Liv. 9, 8, 10.—So especially in velitis jubeatis, a formula in submitting a law to the votes of the people in the comitia centuriata or tributa, let it be resolved and ordered by you:
rogatus in haec verba populus: velitis jubeatisne haec sic fieri, si respublica populi Romani Quiritium, etc.,
Liv. 22, 10, 2:
velitis jubeatis, Quirites... uti de ea re Ser. Sulpicius praetor urbanus ad senatum referat, etc.,
id. 38, 54, 3.—And parodied by Cic.:
velitis jubeatis ut quod Cicero versum fecerit,
Cic. Pis. 29, 72.—So in oblique discourse, vellent juberent:
rogationem promulgavit, vellent juberent Philippo... bellum indici,
Liv. 31, 6, 1:
vellent juberentne se regnare,
id. 1, 46, 1; cf.
in the resolution of the people: plebis sic jussit: quod senatus... censeat, id volumus jubemusque,
id. 26, 33, 14.—
e.
Velint, optative and redundant, Cic. Att. 11, 7, 7 (v. II. A. 1. d.); Ov. P. 1, 7, 8 (v. II. A. 1. c.).
C.
Vellem, as potential subjunctive, I wish, should like, should have liked, representing the wish as contrary to fact, while velim refers to a wish which may be realized:
de Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, de regina velim verum sit,
Cic. Att. 15, 4, 4. It is not used with imperative force; cf.:
quod scribis, putare te... vellem scriberes, cur ita putares... tu tamen velim scribas,
Cic. Att. 11, 24, 5.—Often quam vellem, how I wish, i. e. I wish very much; and in the same sense: nimium vellem, v. infra.
1.
With verb in first person.
a.
With inf. pres., I wish, would like, referring to present or future actions:
videre equidem vos vellem, cum huic aurum darem,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 68:
vellem equidem idem posse gloriari quod Cyrus,
Cic. Sen. 10, 32:
vellem equidem vobis placere, Quirites, sed, etc.,
Liv. 3, 68, 9:
quam fieri vellem meus libellus!
Mart. 8, 72, 9.—With cuperem and optarem:
nunc ego Triptolemi cuperem conscendere currus... Nunc ego Medeae vellem frenare dracones... Nunc ego jactandas optarem sumere pennas, etc.,
Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 1 sqq.— [p. 2010] Rarely, I should have liked:
tum equidem istuc os tuum inpudens videre nimium vellem!
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 49.—And in conditional sense:
maerorem minui: dolorem nec potui, nec, si possem, vellem (i. e. minuere),
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
certe ego, si sineres, titulum tibi reddere vellem,
Ov. Tr. 4, 5, 13:
sic nec amari quidem vellem (i. e. if I were in his place),
Sen. Ira, 1, 20, 4.—
b.
With perf. inf., I wish I had:
abiit, vah! Rogasse vellem,
I wish I had asked him, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 25:
maxime vellem semper tecum fuisse,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5:
quam vellem petisse ab eo quod audio Philippum impetrasse,
id. ib. 10, 4, 10:
non equidem vellem, quoniam nocitura fuerunt, Pieridum sacris imposuisse manum,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 27:
ante equidem summa de re statuisse, Latini, Et vellem, et fuerat melius,
Verg. A. 11, 303. —
c.
With inf.-clause, the predicate being a perf. part. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):
virum me natam vellem,
would I had been born a man! Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 9.—
d.
With subj. imperf. (rare):
quam vellem, Panaetium nostrum nobiscum haberemus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15.—
2.
The subject of the dependent verb in the second person.
a.
With subj. imperf. (the regular construction):
hodie igitur me videbit, ac vellem tum tu adesses,
I wish you could be present, Cic. Att. 13, 7, 2:
quam vellem de his etiam oratoribus tibi dicere luberet,
I wish you would please, id. Brut. 71, 248.—
b.
With subj. pluperf., I wish you had:
vellem Idibus Martiis me ad cenam invitasses,
Cic. Fam. 12, 4, 1:
quam vellem te ad Stoicos inclinavisses,
id. Fin. 3, 3, 10:
vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,
id. Att. 10, 6, 2:
quam vellem Bruto studium tuum navare potuisses,
id. ib. 15, 4, 5.—
c.
With ne and pluperf. subj.:
tu vellem ne veritus esses ne parum libenter legerem tuas litteras,
Cic. Fam. 7, 33, 2.—
d.
With ellipsis of verb: vera cantas, vana vellem (i. e. cantares). Plaut. Most. 3, 4, 41.—
3.
With verb in third person.
a.
With imperf. subj. (the regular construction):
patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi (per ecthesin, v. I. E. b.),
Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 106:
vellem adesset Antonius, modo sine advocatis,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:
vellem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1:
vellem adesse posset Panaetius,
id. Tusc. 1, 33, 81:
vellem hoc esset laborare,
id. Or. 2, 71, 287.—
b.
With pluperf. subj.:
vellem aliqui ex vobis robustioribus hunc male dicendi locum suscepissent,
Cic. Cael. 3, 7:
vellem dictum esset ab eodem etiam de Dione,
id. ib. 10, 23; so id. ib. 31, 74; id. Brut. 44, 163:
quam vellem Dareus aliquid ex hac indole hausisset!
Curt. 3, 32 (12), 26.—
c.
With inf.-clause.
(α).
With inf. pres., I wish he were:
quam non abesse ab hujus judicio L. Vulsionem vellem!
Cic. Clu. 70, 198:
nunc mihi... Vellem, Maeonide, pectus inesse tuum,
Ov. F. 2, 120.—
(β).
With perf. inf. or part., I wish he had, had been:
quam vellem Menedemum invitatum!
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:
epistulas, quas quidem vellem mihi numquam redditas,
Cic. Att. 11, 22, 1.—
With ellipsis of predicate: illud quoque vellem antea (i. e. factum, or factum esse),
Cic. Att. 11, 23, 3.—
d.
With ut, Cic. Sull. 1, 1; id. Fam. 7, 33, 2 (v. I. C. 1. a. supra).—
4.
With acc. of a neuter pronoun or of a noun:
aliquando sentiam us nihil nobis nisi, id quod minime vellem, spiritum reliquum esse,
Cic. Att. 9, 19, 2: tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem: apti essent ad id quod cogito, I would like to have (cf. I. E. 1. a.), id. ib. 13, 22, 2.—
5.
In the other persons of vellem (mostly poet.).
a.
Velles.
(α).
In optative sentences redundant, Verg. A. 11, 153 (v. II. A. 1. d.).—
(β).
Of an indefinite subject:
velles eum (Senecam) suo ingenio dixisse, alieno judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 130.—
b.
Vellet.
(α).
In the potential sense of vellem: vellet abesse quidem;
sed adest. Velletque videre, Non etiam sentire canum fera facta suorum,
Ov. M. 3, 247.—
(β).
Conditionally:
quis vellet tanti nuntius esse mali (i. e. if in this situation)?
Ov. H. 12, 146.—
c.
Vellent.
(α).
In the potential sense of vellem:
quam vellent aethere in alto Nunc of pauperiem et duros perferre labores!
Verg. A. 6, 436.—
(β).
Conditionally: nec superi vellent hoc licuisse sibi, would wish, i. e. if in this situation, Mart. 4, 44, 8.
D.
Volam and voluero.
1.
In gen.: respiciendus erit sermo stipulationis, utrumne talis sit: quem voluero, an quem volam. Nam si talis fuerit quem voluero, cum semel elegerit, mutare voluntatem non poterit;
si vero... quem volam, donec judicium dictet, mutandi potestatem habebit,
Dig. 45, 1, 112.—
2.
Volam in principal sentences.
(α).
= Engl. future, I shall wish, etc.:
et commeminisse hoc ego volam te,
I shall require you to recollect this, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 7: cum omnia habueris, tunc habere et sapientiam voles? will you also wish to have wisdom when? etc., Sen. Ep. 17, 8.—
(β).
Denoting present probability: et scilicet jam me hoc voles patrem exorare, ut, etc., you doubtless wish me, etc., Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 27.—
3.
In clauses dependent on predicates implying a future, generally rendered by an English present:
quid si sors aliter quam voles evenerit?
otherwise than as you wish, Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 35:
tum te, si voles, cum patriae quod debes solveris, satis diu vixisse dicito,
then if you choose, if you will, Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:
decedes cum voles,
id. Att. 6, 3, 2:
qui magis effugies eos qui volent fingere?
those who are bent upon inventing, who will invent, falsehoods, id. ib. 8, 2, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 24:
quod voles gratum esse, rarum effice,
Sen. Ben. 1, 14, 1; cf. id. Brev. Vit. 7, 9: si di volent, the gods permitting, August. ap. Suet. Calig. 8:
invenies, vere si reperire voles,
Ov. P. 3, 1, 34; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78; Tib. 1, 4, 45.—So, voluero:
quem (locum) si qui vitare voluerit, sex milium circuitu in oppidum pervenit,
who wishes to avoid this spot, Caes. B. C. 2, 24.
E.
Si vis, parenthetically.
1.
If you please (cf. sis, supra init.):
paulum opperirier, Si vis,
Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 52:
audi, si vis, nunc jam,
id. Ad. 2, 1, 30:
dic, si vis, de quo disputari velis,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 5, 13.—
2.
If you wish, choose, insist upon it:
hanc quoque jucunditatem, si vis, transfer in animum,
Cic. Fin. 2, 4, 14:
addam, si vis, animi, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 27, 89:
concedam hoc ipsum, si vis, etc.,
id. Div. 2, 15, 34.
F.
Quam, with any person of the pres. indic. or subj., or imperf. subj. or future, = quamvis, in a concessive sense, virtually, however, however much.
1.
3 d pers. sing.:
quod illa, quam velit sit potens, numquam impetravisset (= quamvis sit potens),
however powerful she may be, Cic. Cael. 26, 63:
C. Gracchus dixit, sibi in somnis Ti. fratrem visum esse dicere, quam vellet cunctaretur, tamen eodem sibi leto... esse pereundum,
id. Div. 1, 26, 56:
quam volet jocetur,
id. N. D. 2, 17, 46.—
2.
1 st pers. plur.:
quam volumus licet ipsi nos amemus, tamen, etc.,
Cic. Har. Resp. 9, 19.—
3.
2 d pers. plur.: exspectate facinus quam vultis improbum, vincam tamen, etc., expect a crime, however wicked ( ever so wicked), etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11;
but: hac actione quam voletis multi dicent,
as many as you choose, id. ib. 2, 2, 42, § 102.—
4.
3 d pers. plur.:
quam volent illi cedant, tamen a re publica revocabuntur,
Cic. Phil. 2, 44, 113:
quam volent in conviviis faceti, dicaces, etc., sint, alia fori vis est, alia triclinii,
id. Cael. 28, 67;
but: et ceteri quam volent magnas pecunias capere possint,
as much money as they choose, id. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 142.
G.
Volo = malo, to prefer, with a comparative clause (rare):
quodsi in ceteris quoque studiis a multis eligere homines commodissimum quodque, quam sese uni alicui certo vellent addicere, = si se eligere mallent quam se uni addicere,
Cic. Inv. 2, 2, 5:
malae rei quam nullius duces esse volunt,
Liv. 3, 68, 11:
famaene credi velis quanta urbs a te capta sit, quam posteris quoque eam spectando esse?
id. 25, 29, 6.
H.
With magis and maxime.
1.
Magis velle: ut tu illam salvam magis velles quam ego, you wish more than I, etc., Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 17.—
2.
With maxime, to wish above all, more than any thing or any one else, to be most agreeable to one, to like best, to prefer (among more than two alternatives):
quia id maxime volo ut illi istoc confugiant,
wish above all, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 49; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 38:
maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 1, 1:
caritate nos capiunt reges, consilio optimates, libertate populi, ut in comparando difficile ad eligendum sit, quid maxime velis,
which you prefer, like best, id. Rep. 1, 35, 55; so, quemadmodum ego maxime vellem, id. Att. 13, 1, 1:
tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem,
above all others, id. ib. 13, 32, 2:
alia excusanti juveni, alia recipienti futura, ita ut maxime vellet senatus responderi placuit,
as it was most agreeable to him, Liv. 39, 47:
si di tibi permisissent quo modo maxime velles experiri animum meum,
in the manner most convenient to yourself, Curt. 3, 6, 12.
K.
In disjunctive co - ordination.
1.
With sive... sive:
tu nunc, sive ego volo, seu nolo, sola me ut vivam facis,
whether I choose or not, Plaut. Cist. 3, 14:
itaque Campanos sive velint, sive nolint, quieturos,
Liv. 8, 2, 13.—
2.
Without connectives.
a.
Vis tu... vis:
congredi cum hoste liceat... vis tu mari, vis terra, vis acie, vis urbibus expugnandis experiri virtutem?
Liv. 25, 6, 22.—
b.
Velim nolim.
(α).
Interrogatively, = utrum velim nec ne:
velit nolit scire, difficile est,
it is difficult to know whether he intends it or not, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 4.—
(β).
= seu velim seu nolim:
ut mihi, velim nolim, sit certa quaedam tuenda sententia,
whether I will or not, Cic. N. D. 1, 7, 17:
velim nolim, in cognomine Scipionum haeream necesse est,
Val. Max. 3, 7, 3:
mors interim adest, cui velis nolis vacandum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 8, 5:
hunc ita fundatum necesse est, velit nolit, sequatur hilaritas continua,
id. Vit. Beat. 4, 4:
velint nolint, respondendum est... beate vivere bonum non esse,
id. Ep. 117, 4:
praeterea futuri principes, velint nolint, sciant, etc.,
Plin. Pan. 20 fin. Part. and P. a.: vŏlens, entis.
A.
As a part. proper, retaining the meaning and construction of velle, with the force of a relative or adverbial clause.
1.
Agreeing with some member of the sentence ( poet. and in post-class. prose;
rare): neque illum... multa volentem Dicere praeterea vidit (= qui multa voluit dicere),
Verg. G. 4, 501; id. A. 2, 790:
nec me vis ulla volentem Avertet (i. e. si adhaerere foederi volo),
id. ib. 12, 203: decemviri, minuere volentes hujuscemodi violentiam... putaverunt, etc., intending ( who intended) to diminish such a violence, etc., Gell. 20, 1, 34:
Milo, experiri etiamtunc volens, an ullae sibi reliquae vires adessent... rescindere quercum conatus est,
id. 15, 16, 3:
scio quosdam testatores, efficere volentes ne servi sui umquam ad libertatem venirent, etc., hactenus scribere solitos,
Dig. 40, 4, 61:
si te volentem ad prohibendum venire, deterruerit aliquis, etc.,
ib. 43, 24, 1, § 10.—
2.
Abl. absol. (not ante-Aug.):
ne cujus militis scripti nomen nisi ipso volente deleretur,
except with his consent, Liv. 7, 41, 4; so,
Teum ex medio cursu classem repente avertit, aut volentibus iis usurus commeatu parato hostibus, aut ipsos pro hostibus habiturus,
with their consent, id. 37, 27, 3:
ponuntque ferocia Poeni Corda, volente deo,
since the god willed it, Verg. A. 1, 303: Thrasippo supplicium a se voluntaria morte exigere volente, while he was about to inflict punishment on himself, etc., Val. Max. 5, 1, ext. 2: scire volentibus immortalibus dis an Romana virtus imperium orbis mereretur, it being the will of the gods to know, etc., Flor. 1, 13, 3 (1, 7, 3): qui sciente aut volente eo ad quem res pertinet, possessionem nanciscitur, with the knowledge and consent of the person who, etc., Dig. 41, 2, 6. —
B.
As adj., willing, voluntary, and hence, favorably disposed (opp. invitus).
1.
Attributively.
a.
In the phrase cum dis volentibus, lit. with the willing or favoring gods, i. e. with the will, permission, or favor of the gods: dono ducite doque volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):
sequere hac, mea gnata, me cum dis volentibus,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 4:
cum dis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi Mani uti illaec suovetaurilia, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141 (142).— And without cum, abl. absol.:
virtute ac dis volentibus magni estis et opulenti,
Sall. J. 14, 19.—
b.
Volenti animo.
(α).
= cupide, eagerly:
Romae plebes litteris quae de Metello ac Mario missae erant, volenti animo de ambobus acceperant,
Sall. J. 73, 3. —
(β).
On purpose, intentionally:
consilio hanc omnes animisque volentibus urbem Adferimur,
Verg. A. 7, 216.—
2.
Predicatively.
a.
Agreeing with the subject-nom. or subject - acc.
(α).
Voluntarily, willingly, [p. 2011] gladly (class.):
(hi) divini generis appellentur... vobisque jure et lege volentes pareant,
Cic. Univ. 11 fin.:
quas victi ab hostibus poenas metuerant, eas ipsi volentes pendere,
Sall. J. 76, 6:
quia volentes in amicitiam non veniebant,
Liv. 21, 39, 4:
si volentes ac non coacti mansissent in amicitia,
id. 24, 37, 7:
quocunque loco seu volens seu invitus constitisti,
id. 7, 40, 13:
itaque se numquam volentem parte qua posset rerum consilio gerendarum cessurum,
id. 22, 27, 9:
(virtus), quidquid evenerit, feret, non patiens tantum, sed etiam volens,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:
non est referre gratiam quod volens acceperis nolenti reddere,
id. Ben. 4, 40, 4:
volens vos Turnus adoro,
Verg. A. 10, 677; 3, 457; 6, 146;
12, 833: date vina volentes,
id. ib. 8, 275: ipsa autem macie tenuant armenta volentes ( on purpose), id. G. 3, 129.—And referring to subjects denoting things: quos rami fructus, quos ipsa volentia rura Sponte tulere sua, carpsit ( spontaneously and willingly), Verg. G. 2, 500.—
(β).
Favorably; with propitius, favorably and kindly, referring to the gods:
precantes Jovem ut volens propitius praebeat sacra arma pro patria,
Liv. 24, 21, 10:
precantibus ut volens propitiaque urbem Romanam iniret,
id. 29, 14, 13:
in ea arce (Victoriam) sacratam, volentem propitiamque, firmam ac stabilem fore populo Romano,
id. 22, 37, 12; 1, 16, 3; 7, 26, 3; 24, 38, 8; Inscr. Orell. 2489 sq.—Parodied by Plautus:
agite, bibite, festivae fores! fite mihi volentes propitiae,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89.— Abl. absol.:
omnia diis propitiis volentibusque ea faciemus,
with the favor and help of the gods, Liv. 39, 16, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.:
si (Jovem) invocem ut dexter ac volens assit,
Quint. 4, prooem. 5.—
b.
Agreeing with other terms of the sentence (rare): volenti consuli causa in Pamphyliam devertendi oblata est, a welcome cause was offered to the consul, etc., Liv. 38, 15, 3:
quod nobis volentibus facile continget,
if we wish, Quint. 6, 2, 30:
is Ariobarzanem volentibus Armeniis praefecit,
to their satisfaction, Tac. A. 2, 4:
gemis... hominem, Urse, tuum, cui dulce volenti servitium... erat,
to whom his servitude was sweet, since he liked it, Stat. S. 2, 6, 15:
me mea virtus, etc., fatis egere volentem,
Verg. A. 8, 133:
saepe ille volentem castigabat erum,
administered kindly received rebukes, Stat. S. 2, 6, 50.—
c.
In the phrase aliquid mihi volenti est or putatur, etc., something is welcome, acceptable to me, pleases me (= volens habeo or accipio aliquid; cf. the Gr. Humin tauta boulomenois estin, and, mihi aliquid cupienti est; v. cupio;
rare but class.): uti militibus exaequatus cum imperatore labos volentibus esset,
that the equalization of labor was acceptable to the soldier, Sall. J. 100, 4:
quia neque plebei militia volenti putabatur,
id. ib. 84, 3 Dietsch:
grande periculum maritumis civitatibus esse, et quibusdam volentibus novas res fore,
that to some a change of the government would be welcome, Liv. 21, 50, 10:
quibus bellum volentibus erat, probare exemplum,
Tac. Agr. 18.— Impers. with subject - inf.: ceterisque remanere et in verba Vespasiani adigi volentibus fuit, to the rest it was acceptable to remain, etc., Tac. H. 3, 43.—With subject-inf. understood:
si volentibus vobis erit, in medium profero quae... legisse memini,
Macr. S. 7, 13, 11:
si volentibus vobis erit, diem fabulis et epulis exigamus,
id. ib. 1, 7; 2, 3 fin.; 6, 6 init. —
3.
As subst. (mostly post-Aug.).
a.
vŏlens, entis, m., = is qui vult, in the different meanings, and often with the construction of the verb.
(α).
One who wishes:
nunc cis Hiberum castra Romana esse, arcem tutam perfugiumque novas volentibus res,
Liv. 22, 22, 11:
consulere se volentibus vacuas aures accommodavit,
Val. Max. 5, 8, 3:
quid opus libertate si volentibus luxu perire non licet,
id. 2, 9, 5:
discere meliora volentibus promptum est,
i. e. it depends on our own will to learn better things, Quint. 11, 11, 12:
nec sum in hoc sollicitus, dum res ipsa volentibus discere appareat,
to the students, id. 8, 4, 15:
mori volentibus vis adhibita vivendi,
Suet. Tib. 61.—
(β).
One who intends, is about:
juris ignorantia non prodest acquirere volentibus,
i. e. in the acquisition of property, Dig. 22, 6, 7:
si quis volentem incipere uti frui prohibuit,
one who is about to enter upon a usufruct, ib. 43, 16, 3, § 14. —
(γ).
One who is willing:
non refert quid sit quod datur, nisi a volente volenti datur,
unless it is both willingly given and received, Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 8:
ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,
those willing to follow, id. Ep. 107, 11.—
(δ).
One who consents:
tutiusque rati volentibus quam coactis imperitare,
to rule men with their consent, Sall. J. 102, 6:
quippe rempublicam si a volentibus nequeat ab invitis jus expetituram,
peaceably if they could, forcibly if they must, Liv. 3, 40, 4:
si quis aliam rem pro alia volenti solverit,
if one pays with the consent of the receiver, Dig. 46, 3, 46:
nulla injuria est quae in volentem fiat,
ib. 47, 10, 1, § 5.—
(ε).
One who does a thing voluntarily:
pecuniam etiam a volentibus acceperant,
the contributions of money were voluntary, Vell. 2, 62, 3:
parce, puer, stimulis... (solis equi) Sponte sua properant. Labor est inhibere volentis (i. e. properare),
Ov. M. 2, 128.—
(ζ).
Volens = bene volens: munificus nemo habebatur nisi pariter volens, unless he was just as kindly disposed, sc. as he was liberal, Sall. J. 103, 6.—Often referring to a previously mentioned noun:
hunc cape consiliis socium et conjunge volentem,
and unite with him, since he wishes it, Verg. A. 5, 712; so may be taken Ov. M. 2, 128 (v. e).—
b.
In the neutr. plur. (volentia) rare, always with dat., things pleasing, acceptable:
Pompeius multis suspitionibus volentia plebi facturus habebatur,
that he would do what pleased the common people, Sall. H. 4, 31 Dietsch:
haec atque talia plebi volentia fuere,
Tac. A. 15, 36 Draeg. ad loc. al.:
iique Muciano volentia rescripsere,
id. H. 3, 52.—Hence, adv.: vŏlenter, willingly, App. M. 6, p. 178, 4.
2.
vŏlo, āvi, ātum ( part. gen. plur. volantūm, Verg. A. 6, 728; Lucr. 2, 1083), 1, v. n. [Sanscr. val-, to turn one's self, etc.; cf.: vŏlucer, vēlox, and vol- in velivolus], to fly.
I.
Lit.: ex alto... laeva volavit avis, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 95 Vahl.):
aves,
Lucr. 6, 742:
accipitres,
id. 4, 1010:
corvi,
id. 2, 822:
altam supra volat ardea nubem,
Verg. G. 1, 364:
volat ille per aëra magnum Remigio alarum,
id. A. 1, 300:
columbae venere volantes,
id. ib. 6, 191; Prop. 2, 30 (3, 28), 30; Juv. 8, 251:
apes,
Ov. A. A. 1, 96; cf. Plin. 10, 38, 54, § 112:
volasse eum (Antonium), non iter fecisse diceres,
Cic. Phil. 10, 5, 11.—Prov.:
sine pennis volare haud facile est,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 49.—
2.
P. a. as subst.: vŏlantes, ĭum, comm., the birds ( poet.), Lucr. 2, 1083; Verg. A. 6, 239; 6, 728.—
II.
Transf., to fly, i. e. to move swiftly like one flying, to fleet, speed, hasten along:
i sane... vola curriculo,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 17; cf.:
per summa levis volat aequora curru,
Verg. A. 5, 819:
medios volat ecce per hostes Vectus equo spumante Saces,
id. ib. 12, 650:
illa (Argo) volat,
Ov. H. 6, 66:
currus,
Verg. G. 3, 181:
axis,
id. ib. 3, 107:
nubes,
Lucr. 5, 254:
fulmina,
id. 2, 213:
tempestates,
id. 6, 612:
telum,
id. 1, 971; cf. Sall. J. 60, 2; Verg. A. 9, 698; Liv. 26, 44, 7 al.:
litterae Capuam ad Pompeium volare dicebantur,
Cic. Att. 2, 19, 3:
volat aetas,
id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:
hora,
Sen. Hippol. 1141:
fama,
Verg. A. 3, 121:
et semel emissum volat irrevocabile verbum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 71.— Poet., with inf.:
ast Erebi virgo ditem volat aethere Memphim Praecipere et Phariā venientem pellere terrā,
Val. Fl. 4, 407.
3.
vŏlo, ōnis, m. [1. volo], a volunteer, first applied to the slaves who, after the battle at Cannæ, were enrolled upon their own expressed desire to serve (cf. Liv. 22, 57, 11; Val. Max. 7, 6, 1):
volones dicti sunt milites, qui post Cannensem cladem usque ad octo milia, cum essent servi, voluntarie se ad militiam obtulere,
Paul. Diac. p. 370:
volones, quia sponte hoc voluerunt, appellati,
Macr. S. 1, 11, 30:
vetus miles tironi, liber voloni sese exaequari sineret,
Liv. 23, 35, 6; 23, 32, 1; Capitol. Anton. Phil. 21, 6; Macr. S. 1, 11, 30.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > volo
17 Commodus

1.
com-mŏdus, a, um, adj., that has a due or proper measure; hence,
I.
Object., complete, perfect, of full weight or measure, fit, suitable, due, proper, etc. (mostly poet. or in post-Aug. prose;
most freq. in Plaut.): statura,
a tall stature, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 21:
capillus,
id. Most. 1, 3, 98:
viginti argenti minae,
full twenty, id. As. 3, 3, 134 (cf. id. ib. 3, 3, 144: minae bonae); id. Merc. 2, 3, 101:
talentum argenti,
id. Rud. 5, 2, 31; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 266, 27:
novem cyathis commodis miscentur pocula,
Hor. C. 3, 19, 12:
alimenta,
Dig. 34, 1, 16, § 1:
capitis valetudo commodior,
more firm, Cels. 8, 1; Quint. 6, 3, 77;
and transf. to the person: vivere filium atque etiam commodiorem esse,
to be better, Plin. Ep. 3, 16, 4.—
II.
Subject., suitable, fit, convenient, opportune, commodious, easy, appropriate for some one or something, favorable, friendly to (in every period and species of composition); constr. with dat. or absol., rarely with ad (v. the foll.).
A.
Of things.
1.
With dat.
a.
Of the purpose or use:
curationi omnia commodiora,
Liv. 30, 19, 5:
nec pecori opportuna seges nec commoda Baccho,
Verg. G. 4, 129.—
b.
Of the person:
hoc et vobis et meae commodum famae arbitror,
Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 9:
quod erit mihi bonum et commodum,
id. Phorm. 1, 2, 81:
nulla lex satis commoda omnibus est (corresp. with prodesse),
Liv. 34, 3, 5:
primordia eloquentiae mortalibus,
Tac. Or. 12:
hanc sibi commodissimam belli rationem judicavit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 85:
quae sit stella homini commoda, quaeque mala,
Prop. 2 (3), 27, 4.—
2.
Absol.:
hiberna,
Liv. 42, 67, 8:
longius ceterum commodius iter,
id. 22, 2, 2; cf.:
commodissimus in Britanniam transjectus,
Caes. B. G. 5, 2:
commodius anni tempus,
Cic. Att. 9, 3, 1; cf. Ter. And. 5, 2, 3:
faciliore ac commodiore judicio,
Cic. Caecin. 3, 8:
litterae satis commodae de Britannicis rebus,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 7, § 25:
mores,
id. Lael. 15, 54:
commodissimum esse statuit, omnes naves subduci, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 11.—
3.
With or without dat. pers. in the phrase commodum est, it pleases, is agreeable, = libet:
proinde ut commodum est,
Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 8; 3, 1, 2: dum erit commodum, Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 38:
si id non commodum est,
id. Eun. 3, 2, 49; id. Phorm. 5, 8, 37; Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33 Ascon.; 2, 2, 16, § 39; 2, 1, 26, § 65; 2, 3, 70, § 165; id. Div. 1, 49, 111; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87; Plin. Pan. 48, 1:
id si tibi erit commodum, cures velim,
Cic. Att. 13, 48, 2; Cels. 4, 4; 4, 22.—
4.
With ad and acc. of purpose (very rare):
nec satis ad cursus commoda vestis Erat,
Ov. F. 2, 288.—
5.
With sup. in u (rare):
hoc exornationis genus... commodum est auditu,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 26.—
B.
Of persons, serving a neighbor or (more freq.) accommodating one ' s self to his wishes, useful, serviceable, pleasant, agreeable, obliging, neighborly, friendly, polite, affable, gentle, etc.:
mihi commodus uni,
Hor. Ep. 1, 9, 9; cf. id. ib. 2, 1, 227:
quemquamne existimas Catone commodiorem, communiorem, moderatiorem fuisse ad omnem rationem humanitatis?
Cic. Mur. 31, 66:
commodior mitiorque,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 13, § 39:
Apronius, qui aliis inhumanus ac barbarus, isti uni commodus ac disertus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 9, § 23:
convivae,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 2; cf.:
commodus comissator,
Ter. Ad. 5, 2, 8; and:
commodus meis sodalibus,
Hor. C. 4, 8, 1:
homines,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 28:
mulier commoda, Faceta,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 10; cf. id. And. 5, 2, 3.—In a double sense with I. supra:
ubi tu commoda's, capillum commodum esse credito,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 98.— Poet., of the measure of iambic verse:
spondeos in jura paterna recepit Commodus et patiens,
sharing the paternal rights with them, in a fraternal manner, Hor. A. P. 257.—Hence,
III.
Subst.: commŏdum, i, n.
1.
A convenient opportunity, favorable condition, convenience (rare, but in good prose):
nostrum exspectare,
Cic. Att. 16, 2, 1:
cum tamdiu sedens meum commodum exspectet,
id. ib. 14, 2, 3;
12, 38, 1: velim aliquando, cum erit tuum commodum, Lentulum puerum visas,
when it shall be convenient for you, id. ib. 12, 28, 3.—More freq.,
b.
In the connection commodo meo, tuo, etc., per commodum, ex commodo, at, or according to my, thy, etc., convenience, conveniently, at one ' s leisure:
etiamsi spatium ad dicendum nostro commodo vacuosque dies habuissemus,
according to our convenience, Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56:
quod commodo tuo fiat,
id. Fam. 4, 2, 4; 1, 1, 3; id. Att. 13, 48, 1: suo commodo me convenire, Caes. ap. Cic. ib. 14, 1, 2:
ubi consul copias per commodum exponere posset,
Liv. 42, 18, 3:
tamquam lecturus ex commodo,
Sen. Ep. 46, 1; Col. 12, 19, 3;
so opp. festinanter,
id. 6, 2, 14.—
2.
Advantage, profit (very freq. in all periods and species of composition):
commodum est, quod plus usus habet quam molestiae: bonum sincerum debet esse et ab omni parte innoxium,
Sen. Ep. 87, 36 sq.:
ut malis gaudeant atque ex incommodis Alterius sua ut comparent commoda,
Ter. And. 4, 1, 4:
ut ex illius commodo meum compararem commodum,
id. Heaut. 2, 4, 17; cf. id. Hec. 5, 3, 42; Cic. N. D. 1, 9, 23:
cui tam subito tot congruerint commoda,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 3:
(honestatem) ipsam suo splendore ad se animos ducere, nullo prorsus commodo extrinsecus posito, Cic. Ac. Fragm. ap. Aug. contr. Ac. 3, 7, 15 (IV. 2, p. 470 Orell.): sequi matris commodum,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 31:
pacis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 82, 335:
contra valetudinis commodum laborare,
to the injury of health, id. Mur. 23, 47:
mea,
Hor. Ep. 1, 14, 37:
in publica peccem,
id. ib. 2, 1, 3; cf.:
populi commoda,
Nep. Phoc. 4, 1.—
b.
Specif., a reward, pay, stipend, salary, wages for public service: veteranorum, Brut. et Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 2, 3:
omnibus provincialibus ornamentis commodisque depositis,
emoluments, id. Red. in Sen. 14, 35; Suet. Ner. 32; cf.:
emeritae militiae,
id. Calig. 44; id. Aug. 49; cf. also id. Vit. 15; id. Galb. 12:
militibus commoda dare,
Ov. A. A. 1, 131 sq.:
tribunatus,
Cic. Fam. 7, 8, 1:
missionum,
Suet. Aug. 49.—
c.
A favor, privilege, immunity, Suet. Aug. 31; id. Claud. 19.—
d.
A useful thing, a good:
commoda vitae,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 36, 87; Lucr. 3, 2; cf.:
cetera opinione bona sunt... proprietas in illis boni non est. Itaque commoda vocentur,
Sen. Ep. 74, 17:
inter commoda illas (divitias) numeratis: atqui eādem ratione ne commodum quidem erunt,
id. ib. 87, 29. —
e.
Sometimes commodo or per commodum, adverb. antith. to that which is [p. 382] injurious, without injury or detriment:
ut regem reducas, quod commodo rei publicae facere possis,
Cic. Fam. 1, 1, 3:
si per commodum reipublicae posset, Romam venisset,
Liv. 10, 25, 17.—
3.
Concr., = commodatum, that which is lent, a loan:
qui forum et basilicas commodis hospitum, non furtis nocentium ornarent,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 6; cf. Isid. Orig. 5, 25, 16.—
B.
Advv.:
1.
commŏdum, adv. temp. (only in colloquial lang. and post-class. prose writers).
a.
At a fit time, just in time, at the very nick, at the very moment, opportunely, seasonably ( = opportune, eukairôs):
ecce autem commodum aperitur foris,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 4, 61:
commodum adveni domum,
id. Am. 2, 2, 37:
orditur loqui,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 12:
ipse exit Lesbonicus,
id. ib. 2, 3, 9: eukairôs ad me venit, cum haberem Dolabellam, Torquatus... commodum egeram diligentissime, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1; Symm. Ep. 2, 47. —
b.
To designate a point of time that corresponds with another, or that just precedes it, just, just then, just now.
(α).
Absol.:
ad te hercle ibam commodum,
Plaut. Cas. 3, 4, 3; Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 9:
Taurus, sectatoribus commodum dimissis, sedebat, etc.,
Gell. 2, 2, 2:
si istac ibis, commodum obviam venies patri,
just meet, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 107. —
(β).
With postquam or (more freq.) with cum in a parallel clause:
postquam me misisti ad portum cum luci simul, Commodum radiosus ecce sol superabat ex mari,
Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 41:
quom huc respicio ad virginem, Illa sese interea commodum huc advorterat,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 52:
commodum discesseras heri, cum Trebatius venit,
Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
emerseram commodum ex Antiati in Appiam, cum in me incurrit Curio,
id. ib. 2, 12, 2 B. and K. (al. commode); so with the pluperf. and a foll. cum, id. ib. 13, 19, 1; 13, 30, 2; 10, 16, 1; App. M. 1, p. 107, 15:
adducitur a Veneriis Lollius commodum cum Apronius e palaestrā redisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 61 B. and K. (Zumpt, commode):
cum jam filiae nostrae dies natalis appeteret, commodum aderant, quae muneri miseratis,
Symm. Ep. 3, 50. —
2.
commŏdŏ, adv. temp., = commodum, a., just in time, seasonably, just at this time (ante-class. and very rare): commodo eccum exit, Titin. ap. Charis. p. 177 P. (i. e. in tempore, Charis.): commodo de parte superiore descendebat, Sisenn. ib.: commodo dictitemus, Plaut. Fragm. ap. Charis. p. 174; cf. id. ib. p. 177.—
3.
commŏdē, adv.
a.
(Acc. to commodus, I.) Duly, properly, completely, rightly, well, skilfully, neatly, etc. (class.):
suo quique loco viden' capillus satis compositu'st commode?
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 97: commode amictus non sum, id. Fragm. ap. Gell. 18, 12, 3:
saltare, Nep. praef. § 1: legere,
Plin. Ep. 5, 19, 3; cf. in comp., id. ib. 9, 34, 1:
multa breviter et commode dicta,
Cic. Lael. 1, 1; cf. id. de Or. 1, 53, 227; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 9; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 20; 1, 2, 33 al.:
cogitare,
id. Heaut. prol. 14:
audire,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 58, § 134:
valere,
Plin. Ep. 3, 20, 11:
feceris commode mihique gratum, si, etc.,
Cic. Att. 10, 3 fin.:
commode facere, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 11, 7, 7; in comp.:
commodius fecissent tribuni plebis, si, etc.,
id. Agr. 3, 1, 1.—In medic.:
commode facere,
to do well, be beneficial, Cels. 4, 12.—
b.
(Acc. to commodus, II.)
(α).
Conveniently, suitably, opportunely, fitly, aptly, appropriately:
magis commode quam strenue navigavi,
Cic. Att. 16, 6, 1:
ille satis scite et commode tempus ad te cepit adeundi,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 1:
vos istic commodissime sperem esse,
id. ib. 14, 7, 2:
explorat, quo commodissime itinere valles transiri possit,
Caes. B. G. 5, 49 fin.:
hoc ego commodius quam tu vivo,
Hor. S. 1, 6, 110; cf.:
consumere vitiatum commodius quam integrum,
id. ib. 2, 2, 91; Quint. 6, 3, 54:
cui commodissime subjungitur,
id. 9, 3, 82; cf. id. 4, 1, 76.—
(β).
In a friendly manner, pleasantly, gently, kindly:
acceptae bene et commode eximus,
Plaut. Cas. 5, 1, 1; id. Poen. 1, 2, 190; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 48.—
c.
(Equiv. to commodum, adv. b.) Just, just at the moment when, etc.; only v.l. in the doubtful passages cited supra, commodum, b. fin.
2.
Commŏdus, i, m., a Roman cognomen; so L. Aelius Aurelius Commodus, Roman emperor, Lampr. Commod. 1 sq.; Eutr. 8, 15 al.—Hence,
1.
Commŏdĭā-nus, a, um, adj., of or pertaining to Commodus: horti, Lampr. Commod. 8:
thermae,
Spart. Nigid. 6 al. —
2.
Commŏ-dĭus, a, um, adj., the same:
Nonae,
Lampr. Commod. 12; cf. id. ib. 11.—
3.
Commŏ-dus, a, um, adj., the same: mensis, i. e. August, which Commodus wished to name after himself, Lampr. Commod. 11.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Commodus
18 commodus

1.
com-mŏdus, a, um, adj., that has a due or proper measure; hence,
I.
Object., complete, perfect, of full weight or measure, fit, suitable, due, proper, etc. (mostly poet. or in post-Aug. prose;
most freq. in Plaut.): statura,
a tall stature, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 21:
capillus,
id. Most. 1, 3, 98:
viginti argenti minae,
full twenty, id. As. 3, 3, 134 (cf. id. ib. 3, 3, 144: minae bonae); id. Merc. 2, 3, 101:
talentum argenti,
id. Rud. 5, 2, 31; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 266, 27:
novem cyathis commodis miscentur pocula,
Hor. C. 3, 19, 12:
alimenta,
Dig. 34, 1, 16, § 1:
capitis valetudo commodior,
more firm, Cels. 8, 1; Quint. 6, 3, 77;
and transf. to the person: vivere filium atque etiam commodiorem esse,
to be better, Plin. Ep. 3, 16, 4.—
II.
Subject., suitable, fit, convenient, opportune, commodious, easy, appropriate for some one or something, favorable, friendly to (in every period and species of composition); constr. with dat. or absol., rarely with ad (v. the foll.).
A.
Of things.
1.
With dat.
a.
Of the purpose or use:
curationi omnia commodiora,
Liv. 30, 19, 5:
nec pecori opportuna seges nec commoda Baccho,
Verg. G. 4, 129.—
b.
Of the person:
hoc et vobis et meae commodum famae arbitror,
Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 9:
quod erit mihi bonum et commodum,
id. Phorm. 1, 2, 81:
nulla lex satis commoda omnibus est (corresp. with prodesse),
Liv. 34, 3, 5:
primordia eloquentiae mortalibus,
Tac. Or. 12:
hanc sibi commodissimam belli rationem judicavit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 85:
quae sit stella homini commoda, quaeque mala,
Prop. 2 (3), 27, 4.—
2.
Absol.:
hiberna,
Liv. 42, 67, 8:
longius ceterum commodius iter,
id. 22, 2, 2; cf.:
commodissimus in Britanniam transjectus,
Caes. B. G. 5, 2:
commodius anni tempus,
Cic. Att. 9, 3, 1; cf. Ter. And. 5, 2, 3:
faciliore ac commodiore judicio,
Cic. Caecin. 3, 8:
litterae satis commodae de Britannicis rebus,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 7, § 25:
mores,
id. Lael. 15, 54:
commodissimum esse statuit, omnes naves subduci, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 11.—
3.
With or without dat. pers. in the phrase commodum est, it pleases, is agreeable, = libet:
proinde ut commodum est,
Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 8; 3, 1, 2: dum erit commodum, Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 38:
si id non commodum est,
id. Eun. 3, 2, 49; id. Phorm. 5, 8, 37; Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33 Ascon.; 2, 2, 16, § 39; 2, 1, 26, § 65; 2, 3, 70, § 165; id. Div. 1, 49, 111; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87; Plin. Pan. 48, 1:
id si tibi erit commodum, cures velim,
Cic. Att. 13, 48, 2; Cels. 4, 4; 4, 22.—
4.
With ad and acc. of purpose (very rare):
nec satis ad cursus commoda vestis Erat,
Ov. F. 2, 288.—
5.
With sup. in u (rare):
hoc exornationis genus... commodum est auditu,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 26.—
B.
Of persons, serving a neighbor or (more freq.) accommodating one ' s self to his wishes, useful, serviceable, pleasant, agreeable, obliging, neighborly, friendly, polite, affable, gentle, etc.:
mihi commodus uni,
Hor. Ep. 1, 9, 9; cf. id. ib. 2, 1, 227:
quemquamne existimas Catone commodiorem, communiorem, moderatiorem fuisse ad omnem rationem humanitatis?
Cic. Mur. 31, 66:
commodior mitiorque,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 13, § 39:
Apronius, qui aliis inhumanus ac barbarus, isti uni commodus ac disertus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 9, § 23:
convivae,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 2; cf.:
commodus comissator,
Ter. Ad. 5, 2, 8; and:
commodus meis sodalibus,
Hor. C. 4, 8, 1:
homines,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 28:
mulier commoda, Faceta,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 10; cf. id. And. 5, 2, 3.—In a double sense with I. supra:
ubi tu commoda's, capillum commodum esse credito,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 98.— Poet., of the measure of iambic verse:
spondeos in jura paterna recepit Commodus et patiens,
sharing the paternal rights with them, in a fraternal manner, Hor. A. P. 257.—Hence,
III.
Subst.: commŏdum, i, n.
1.
A convenient opportunity, favorable condition, convenience (rare, but in good prose):
nostrum exspectare,
Cic. Att. 16, 2, 1:
cum tamdiu sedens meum commodum exspectet,
id. ib. 14, 2, 3;
12, 38, 1: velim aliquando, cum erit tuum commodum, Lentulum puerum visas,
when it shall be convenient for you, id. ib. 12, 28, 3.—More freq.,
b.
In the connection commodo meo, tuo, etc., per commodum, ex commodo, at, or according to my, thy, etc., convenience, conveniently, at one ' s leisure:
etiamsi spatium ad dicendum nostro commodo vacuosque dies habuissemus,
according to our convenience, Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56:
quod commodo tuo fiat,
id. Fam. 4, 2, 4; 1, 1, 3; id. Att. 13, 48, 1: suo commodo me convenire, Caes. ap. Cic. ib. 14, 1, 2:
ubi consul copias per commodum exponere posset,
Liv. 42, 18, 3:
tamquam lecturus ex commodo,
Sen. Ep. 46, 1; Col. 12, 19, 3;
so opp. festinanter,
id. 6, 2, 14.—
2.
Advantage, profit (very freq. in all periods and species of composition):
commodum est, quod plus usus habet quam molestiae: bonum sincerum debet esse et ab omni parte innoxium,
Sen. Ep. 87, 36 sq.:
ut malis gaudeant atque ex incommodis Alterius sua ut comparent commoda,
Ter. And. 4, 1, 4:
ut ex illius commodo meum compararem commodum,
id. Heaut. 2, 4, 17; cf. id. Hec. 5, 3, 42; Cic. N. D. 1, 9, 23:
cui tam subito tot congruerint commoda,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 3:
(honestatem) ipsam suo splendore ad se animos ducere, nullo prorsus commodo extrinsecus posito, Cic. Ac. Fragm. ap. Aug. contr. Ac. 3, 7, 15 (IV. 2, p. 470 Orell.): sequi matris commodum,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 31:
pacis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 82, 335:
contra valetudinis commodum laborare,
to the injury of health, id. Mur. 23, 47:
mea,
Hor. Ep. 1, 14, 37:
in publica peccem,
id. ib. 2, 1, 3; cf.:
populi commoda,
Nep. Phoc. 4, 1.—
b.
Specif., a reward, pay, stipend, salary, wages for public service: veteranorum, Brut. et Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 2, 3:
omnibus provincialibus ornamentis commodisque depositis,
emoluments, id. Red. in Sen. 14, 35; Suet. Ner. 32; cf.:
emeritae militiae,
id. Calig. 44; id. Aug. 49; cf. also id. Vit. 15; id. Galb. 12:
militibus commoda dare,
Ov. A. A. 1, 131 sq.:
tribunatus,
Cic. Fam. 7, 8, 1:
missionum,
Suet. Aug. 49.—
c.
A favor, privilege, immunity, Suet. Aug. 31; id. Claud. 19.—
d.
A useful thing, a good:
commoda vitae,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 36, 87; Lucr. 3, 2; cf.:
cetera opinione bona sunt... proprietas in illis boni non est. Itaque commoda vocentur,
Sen. Ep. 74, 17:
inter commoda illas (divitias) numeratis: atqui eādem ratione ne commodum quidem erunt,
id. ib. 87, 29. —
e.
Sometimes commodo or per commodum, adverb. antith. to that which is [p. 382] injurious, without injury or detriment:
ut regem reducas, quod commodo rei publicae facere possis,
Cic. Fam. 1, 1, 3:
si per commodum reipublicae posset, Romam venisset,
Liv. 10, 25, 17.—
3.
Concr., = commodatum, that which is lent, a loan:
qui forum et basilicas commodis hospitum, non furtis nocentium ornarent,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 6; cf. Isid. Orig. 5, 25, 16.—
B.
Advv.:
1.
commŏdum, adv. temp. (only in colloquial lang. and post-class. prose writers).
a.
At a fit time, just in time, at the very nick, at the very moment, opportunely, seasonably ( = opportune, eukairôs):
ecce autem commodum aperitur foris,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 4, 61:
commodum adveni domum,
id. Am. 2, 2, 37:
orditur loqui,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 12:
ipse exit Lesbonicus,
id. ib. 2, 3, 9: eukairôs ad me venit, cum haberem Dolabellam, Torquatus... commodum egeram diligentissime, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1; Symm. Ep. 2, 47. —
b.
To designate a point of time that corresponds with another, or that just precedes it, just, just then, just now.
(α).
Absol.:
ad te hercle ibam commodum,
Plaut. Cas. 3, 4, 3; Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 9:
Taurus, sectatoribus commodum dimissis, sedebat, etc.,
Gell. 2, 2, 2:
si istac ibis, commodum obviam venies patri,
just meet, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 107. —
(β).
With postquam or (more freq.) with cum in a parallel clause:
postquam me misisti ad portum cum luci simul, Commodum radiosus ecce sol superabat ex mari,
Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 41:
quom huc respicio ad virginem, Illa sese interea commodum huc advorterat,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 52:
commodum discesseras heri, cum Trebatius venit,
Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
emerseram commodum ex Antiati in Appiam, cum in me incurrit Curio,
id. ib. 2, 12, 2 B. and K. (al. commode); so with the pluperf. and a foll. cum, id. ib. 13, 19, 1; 13, 30, 2; 10, 16, 1; App. M. 1, p. 107, 15:
adducitur a Veneriis Lollius commodum cum Apronius e palaestrā redisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 61 B. and K. (Zumpt, commode):
cum jam filiae nostrae dies natalis appeteret, commodum aderant, quae muneri miseratis,
Symm. Ep. 3, 50. —
2.
commŏdŏ, adv. temp., = commodum, a., just in time, seasonably, just at this time (ante-class. and very rare): commodo eccum exit, Titin. ap. Charis. p. 177 P. (i. e. in tempore, Charis.): commodo de parte superiore descendebat, Sisenn. ib.: commodo dictitemus, Plaut. Fragm. ap. Charis. p. 174; cf. id. ib. p. 177.—
3.
commŏdē, adv.
a.
(Acc. to commodus, I.) Duly, properly, completely, rightly, well, skilfully, neatly, etc. (class.):
suo quique loco viden' capillus satis compositu'st commode?
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 97: commode amictus non sum, id. Fragm. ap. Gell. 18, 12, 3:
saltare, Nep. praef. § 1: legere,
Plin. Ep. 5, 19, 3; cf. in comp., id. ib. 9, 34, 1:
multa breviter et commode dicta,
Cic. Lael. 1, 1; cf. id. de Or. 1, 53, 227; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 9; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 20; 1, 2, 33 al.:
cogitare,
id. Heaut. prol. 14:
audire,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 58, § 134:
valere,
Plin. Ep. 3, 20, 11:
feceris commode mihique gratum, si, etc.,
Cic. Att. 10, 3 fin.:
commode facere, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 11, 7, 7; in comp.:
commodius fecissent tribuni plebis, si, etc.,
id. Agr. 3, 1, 1.—In medic.:
commode facere,
to do well, be beneficial, Cels. 4, 12.—
b.
(Acc. to commodus, II.)
(α).
Conveniently, suitably, opportunely, fitly, aptly, appropriately:
magis commode quam strenue navigavi,
Cic. Att. 16, 6, 1:
ille satis scite et commode tempus ad te cepit adeundi,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 1:
vos istic commodissime sperem esse,
id. ib. 14, 7, 2:
explorat, quo commodissime itinere valles transiri possit,
Caes. B. G. 5, 49 fin.:
hoc ego commodius quam tu vivo,
Hor. S. 1, 6, 110; cf.:
consumere vitiatum commodius quam integrum,
id. ib. 2, 2, 91; Quint. 6, 3, 54:
cui commodissime subjungitur,
id. 9, 3, 82; cf. id. 4, 1, 76.—
(β).
In a friendly manner, pleasantly, gently, kindly:
acceptae bene et commode eximus,
Plaut. Cas. 5, 1, 1; id. Poen. 1, 2, 190; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 48.—
c.
(Equiv. to commodum, adv. b.) Just, just at the moment when, etc.; only v.l. in the doubtful passages cited supra, commodum, b. fin.
2.
Commŏdus, i, m., a Roman cognomen; so L. Aelius Aurelius Commodus, Roman emperor, Lampr. Commod. 1 sq.; Eutr. 8, 15 al.—Hence,
1.
Commŏdĭā-nus, a, um, adj., of or pertaining to Commodus: horti, Lampr. Commod. 8:
thermae,
Spart. Nigid. 6 al. —
2.
Commŏ-dĭus, a, um, adj., the same:
Nonae,
Lampr. Commod. 12; cf. id. ib. 11.—
3.
Commŏ-dus, a, um, adj., the same: mensis, i. e. August, which Commodus wished to name after himself, Lampr. Commod. 11.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > commodus
19 βαίνω

βαίνω (inf.

A βαίμεναι Hsch.
), [tense] fut. βήσομαι Il.2.339
, etc., [dialect] Dor. βᾱσεῦμαι Theoc.2.8
, etc.: [tense] pf. βέβηκα Il.15.90
, etc., [dialect] Dor. βέβᾱκα Pi.I.4(3).41
, etc., with shortd. forms βεβάᾱσι Il.2.134
, [var] contr. βεβᾶσι A.Pers. 1002
(lyr.), Eu.76, etc.; subj. βεβῶσι ([etym.] ἐμ-) Pl.Phdr. 252e; inf. βεβάμεν Il.17.359
, βεβάναι E.Heracl. 610
(lyr.); part. βεβαώς, -αυῖα Il.14.477
, Hom.Epigr.15.10, [var] contr. βεβώς: [tense] plpf. ἐβεβήκειν Il.11.296
, etc., [dialect] Ep. βεβήκειν 6.495
; sync. [ per.] 3pl. βέβᾰσαν 17.286
, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔβην Il. 17.112
, etc., [dialect] Dor. ἔβᾱν Pi.O.13.97
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. βῆ Il.13.297
, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3 dual βάτην [ᾰ] 1.327, [ per.] 3pl. ἔβαν A.Pers.18
(lyr.), ([etym.] κατ-) S.Tr. 504 (lyr.), [dialect] Ep. βάν Il.20.32
; imper. βῆθι, [dialect] Dor. βᾶθι S.Ph. 1196
(lyr.); βᾱ in compds. ἔμβα, κατάβα, etc., [ per.] 2pl. βᾶτε A.Supp. 191
, Eu. 1033 (lyr.); subj. βῶ, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. βήῃ ([etym.] ὑπερ-) Il.9.501, βήω 6.113
, ἐμ-βέῃ GDI5075.4
(Cret.), [dialect] Dor. βᾶμες (for βῶμεν) Theoc.15.22; opt. βαίην; inf. βῆναι ([dialect] Att. Prose only in compds.), [dialect] Ep. βήμεναι Od.19.296
, [dialect] Dor. βᾶμεν Pi.P.4.39
; part. βάς βᾶσα βάν, [dialect] Dor. pl. ἐκ-βῶντας Th.5.77
:— [voice] Med., [dialect] Ep.[tense] aor.1 ἐβήσετο ([etym.] ἀπ-) Il.1.428:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pres. (v. infr.A.11.1): in compds., [tense] aor. ἀν-, παρ-, ξυν-εβάθην, X.Eq.3.4, Th.3.67, 4.30; later παρ-εβάνθην D.C.48.2
,al.; ἀνα-, παρα-, ξυμ-βέβᾰμαι, X.Eq.Mag.1.4, Th.1.123, 8.98; παρα-βέβασμαι D.17.12
: [tense] fut. παρα-βαθήσομαι Sch.E. Hec. 802.—For the [voice] Act. [tense] fut. and [tense] aor. 1, v. infr. B; for [tense] pres. part. βιβάς, v. βίβημι.—In correct [dialect] Att. Prose the [tense] pres. βαίνω is almost the only tense in use; but in compds. Prose writers used all tenses freely.

A in the above tenses,

I intr., walk, step, prop. of motion on foot, ποσὶ βήσετο Il.5.745
, etc.; but also of all motion on ground, the direction being commonly determined by a Prep.:—the kind of motion is often marked by a part., βῆ φεύγων, βῆ ἀΐξασα, Il.2.665, 4.74: c. part. [tense] fut., denoting purpose, βῆ ῥ' Ἶσον.. ἐξεναρίξων he went to slay, Il.11.101: with neut. Adj. as Adv., σαῦλα ποσὶν β. h.Merc.28
; ἁβρὸν β. παλλεύκῳ ποδί E.Med. 1164
, cf. 830 (lyr.); ἴσα or ὁμοίως β. τινί, D.19.314, X.Eq.1.3; ἐν ποικίλοις β. A.Ag. 936
, cf. 924; march or dance, μετὰ ῥυθμοῦ, ἐν ῥυθμῷ, Th.5.70, Pl.Lg. 670b: freq. c. inf. in Hom., βῆ δ' ἰέναι set out to go, went his way, Il.4.199, etc.; βῆ δ' ἴμεν 5.167
, etc.; βῆ δὲ θέειν started to run, 2.183, etc.; βῆ δ' ἐλάαν 13.27
: c. acc. loci, νέας Od.3.162
, cf. S.OT 153 (lyr.), OC 378; ἐπὶ νηὸς ἔβαινεν was going on board ship, Od.11.534; but
ἐν δὲ ἑκάστῃ [νηῒ].. ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι βαῖνον
were on board, Il.2.510
; ἐφ' ἵππων βάντες having mounted the chariot, 18.532; ἐπὶ πώλου βεβῶσα mounted on.., S.OC 313; ἐς δίφρον Il.5.364
; ἐς ἅρματα E.El. 320
; βαίνειν δι' αἵματος wade in blood, Id.Ph. 20.

2 in [tense] pf., stand or be in a place, χῶρος ἐν ᾧ βεβήκαμεν S.OC52
; βεβηκὼς σφόδρα firmly poised (opp. κρεμάμενος) Pl.Ti. 62c; β. μάχη steady fight, Plu.Phil.9: freq. almost, = εἰμί ( sum), εὖ βεβηκώς on a good footing, well established, prosperous, [θεοὶ] εὖ βεβηκότας ὑπτίους κλίνουσ' Archil.56.3
; τυραννίδα εὖ βεβηκυῖαν Hdt.7.164
, cf. S.El. 979; εὖ βίου βεβηκότα prob. for ἐν βίῳ βεβιωκότα Nicom.
Com.2; ἀσφαλέως βεβηκὼς ποσσί Archil.58.4
; ἐπισφαλῶς βεβ. LXX Wi.4.4
; ἄγαλμα βεβηκὸς ἄνω τὰ κάτω δὲ κεχηνός Eub.107.23
; οἱ ἐν τέλει ἐόντες, βεβῶτες, they who arein office, Hdt.9.106, S.Ant.67; τοῦτον οὐχ ὁρῇς ὅκως βέβη-[κεν] ἀνδριάντα; Herod.4.36; [λίθους] ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις χώραις βεβηκότας IG7.3073.163
(Lebad.); ἐν κακοῖς βεβ. S.El. 1057
; μοίρᾳ οὐκ ἐν ἐσθλᾷ β. ib. 1095 (lyr.); βοῦς, κλεὶς ἐπὶ γλώσσῃ βέβηκεν, v. βοῦς IV, κλείς 4
; φρόνει βεβὼς ἐπὶ ξυροῦ τύχης S.Ant. 996
.

b Geom. of figures, stand on a base, ἐπί τινος Arist.IA 709a24
, cf. Apollon.Perg.Con.3.3; πυραμὶς ἐπὶ τετραγώνου βεβηκυῖα Hero
*Stereom.1.31; of an angle, stand on an arc, ἐπί τινος, πρός τινι, Euc.3Def.9, cf. 16.26.

c βεβηκὼς ῥυθμός stately rhythm, Syrian.in Hermog.1p.69R.; ἀνάπαυσις ib.p.18 R.

3 go away, depart, ἐν νηυσὶ φίλην ἐς πατρίδ' Il.12.16
; ἔβαν ἄγοντες, ἔβαν φέρουσαι, have gone and taken away, 1.391, 2.302; ἄφαρ βέβακεν S.Tr. 134
; θανάσιμος βέβηκεν Id.OT 959
, cf. 832; βεβᾶσι φροῦδοι E.IT 1289
; βέβηκα euphem. for τέθνηκα, A.Pers. 1002 (lyr.); of things, ἐννέα ἐνιαυτοὶ βεβάασι nine years have come and gone, Il.2.134; πῇ ὅρκια βήσεται; ib. 339, cf. 8.229.

4 come, τίπτε βέβηκας; 15.90
; arrive, S.OT81, Aj. 921.

5 go on, advance, ἐς τόδε τόλμης, ἐς τοσοῦτον ἐλπίδων, Id.OT 125, 772; ἐπ' ἔσχατα Id.OC 217
(lyr.).

6 c. part. as periphr. for [tense] fut., βαίνω καταγγέλλων PMag.Par.1.2474
.

II c. acc., mount, Hom. only in [tense] aor. [voice] Med. βήσασθαι δίφρον Il.3.262
, Od.3.481: in [voice] Act. ([tense] fut. part. [voice] Med. βησόμενος Them.Or.21.248b
), of the male, mount, cover, Pl.Phdr. 250e, Achae.28, Arist.HA 575a13, etc.:—in [voice] Pass., ἵπποι βαινόμεναι brood mares, Hdt.1.192.

2 c. acc. cogn., β. Δωρίαν κέλευθον ὕμνων Pi.Fr. 191
; Καλλαβίδας Eup.163
; ἔβα ῥόον went down stream, i.e. died, Theoc.1.140.

b metaph. of metre, scan, D.H.Comp.21 ([voice] Pass.), Aristid. Quint.1.23,24, etc.;
βαίνεται τὸ ἔπος
is scanned, Arist.Metaph. 1093a30
.

3 χρέος ἔβα με debts came on me, Ar.Nu.30; ὀδύνα μ' ὀδύνα βαίνει E.Hipp. 1371
(lyr.).

4 Poet. with acc. of the instrument of motion, βαίνειν πόδα E.El.94
, 1173 (lyr.).

5 βαίνειν· φιλεῖν, κολακεύειν, Hsch.

B Causal, in [tense] fut. βήσω, ([etym.] ἐπι-) Il.8.197, ([etym.] εἰς-) E.IT 742: [tense] aor. 1 ἔβησα—make to go, φῶτας βῆσεν ἀφ' ἵππων he made them dismount, Il.16.810; ἀμφοτέρους ἐξ ἵππων βῆσε κακῶς he brought them down from the chariot in sorry plight, 5.164; ὄφρα βάσομεν ὄκχον Pi.O. 6.24
.—Rare in Trag. (exc. in compds.), E.Med. 209 (lyr.).—The simple Verb is uncommon in later Gr. (For βάμ-yω, cf. Lat. venio, Skt. gamyáte; βάσκω corresponds to Skt. gácchati (g[uglide]ṃ-sk-); root g[uglide]em- in OHG. quëman 'come'; ἔβην, βήσομαι fr. root g[uglide]ā-, Skt. jigāti, [tense] aor. ágāt.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > βαίνω
20 caligo

1.
cālīgo ( call-), ĭnis, f. [root cal-, cover; cf.: oc-culo, clam, cella], a thick atmosphere, a mist, vapor, fog (mostly poet. or in post-Aug. prose):
suffundere caelum caligine,
Lucr. 6, 479; 6, 461; 6, 92:
(ignis) piceă crassus caligine,
Verg. G. 2, 309; cf. id. A. 9, 36; Liv. 29, 27, 7:
densa caligo occaecaverat diem,
id. 33, 7, 2; cf. Suet. Ner. 19:
fumidam a terră exhalari caliginem,
Plin. 2, 42, 42, § 111:
caligo aestuosa,
Col. 11, 2, 53 (for which, id. 11, 2, 57:
nebulosus aestus): pruinae et caligo,
id. 3, 2, 4; cf. Pall. Febr. 9, 2.—Also in plur.:
inter caligines,
Col. 3, 1, 7.—Hence,
II.
Transf.
A.
(Causa pro effectu.) Darkness, obscurity, gloom (produced by mist, fog, etc.; freq. with tenebrae;
class. in prose and poetry): mi ob oculos caligo obstitit, Plaut Mil. 2, 4, 51: cum altitudo caliginem oculis obfudisset,
i. e. had caused dizziness, Liv. 26, 45, 3:
erat in tantā calligine major usus aurium quam oculorum,
id. 22, 5, 3 Weissenb.: noctem insequentem eadem calligc obtinuit;
sole orto est discussa,
id. 29, 27, 7:
nox terram caligine texit,
Lucr. 6, 853; 5, 649:
caeca noctis,
id. 4, 457:
caecae umbra,
id. 3, 305; cf. Verg. A. 3, 203:
quam simul agnorunt inter caliginis umbras,
Ov. M. 4, 455:
ara obscurā caligine tecta,
Cic. Arat. 194.—With tenebrae, Cic. Agr. 2, 17, 44; Curt. 9, 4, 18; Lampr. Comm. 16.—In later writers also with a gen.:
caligo tenebrarum,
Quint. Decl. 18, 7; cf. Sen. Agam. 472 Heins.;
and inversely: tenebris illunae caliginis impeditus,
App. M. 9, p. 214.—
B.
Trop.
1.
In gen., mental blindness, dulness of perception:
quod videbam equidem, sed quasi per caliginem: praestrinxerat aciem animi D. Bruti salus,
Cic. Phil. 12, 2, 3; so id. Fin. 5, 15, 43: adhuc tamen [p. 270] per caliginem video, Plin. Ep. 5, 8, 8: caecā mentem caligine consitus, * Cat. 64, 207:
Augustus... omnibus omnium gentium viris magnitudine suā inducturus caliginem,
to throw into the shade, Vell. 2, 37, 1. —
2.
Of dark, difficult circumstances, calamity, affliction, gloom:
vide nunc caliginem temporum illorum,
Cic. Planc. 40, 96:
superioris anni,
id. post Red. in Sen. 3, 5:
an qui etesiis, qui per cursum rectum regnum tenere non potuerunt, nunc caecis tenebris et caligine se Alexandriam perventuros arbitrati sunt?
id. Agr. 2, 17, 44:
illa omnis pecunia latuit in illā caligine ac tenebris, quae totam rem publicam tum occuparant,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 76, § 177:
ecce illa tempestas, caligo bonorum, tenebrae rei publicae,
id. Prov. Cons. 18, 43:
tantum caliginis, tantum perturbationis offusum,
Plin. Ep. 3, 9, 16:
quaedam scelerum offusa caligo,
Quint. 9, 3, 47.—
C.
In medic. lang., as a disease of the eyes, dim-sightedness, weakness of the eyes, Cels. 6, 6, n. 32; Plin. 20, 7, 26, § 61; 20, 23, 95, § 254; 25, 13, 92, § 144; 32, 9, 31, § 97; 34, 11, 27, § 114; Scrib. Comp. 179.
2.
cālīgo, āre, v. n. [1. caligo].
I.
To emit vapor or steam, to steam, reek:
amnes aestate vaporatis, hieme frigidis nebulis caligent,
Col. 1, 5, 4:
aram tenui caligans vestiet umbrā,
Cic. Arat. 205 (449); cf.:
omnem quae nunc Mortalis hebetat visus tibi et umida circum Caligat, nubem eripiam,
Verg. A. 2, 606.—
B.
Transf.
1.
To be involved in darkness, to be dark, gloomy:
caligare oculos,
darkness covers the eyes, Lucr. 3, 157; Verg. G. 4, 468; Stat. Th. 1, 95. —
2.
Poet.:
altae caligantesque fenestrae,
dizzy, Juv. 6, 31.—
II.
Trop., of the understanding, to be blind, to be surrounded by darkness, to grope about:
orbatae caligant vela carinae,
Stat. S. 5, 3, 238:
caligare ad pervidendum,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 1, 1:
virtus inhorrescit ad subita, et caligabit, si, etc.,
id. Ep. 57, 4; Plin. 30, 1, 1, § 2; Quint. Decl. 18 fin.:
rex caligare alto in solio, nec pondera regni posse pati,
Sil. 14, 88.—Prov.:
caligare in sole,
to grope in broad daylight, Quint. 1, 2, 19.—
B.
In medic. lang., of the eyes, to suffer from weakness, be weak, Cels. 6, 6, 32; Plin. 20, 22, 87, § 239; cf. id. 11, 37, 54, § 147.— Transf., of the person, to be dim-sighted:
caligans Thyestes,
Mart. 10, 4, 1; Scrib. Comp. 184.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > caligo

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Prose Tristan — The Prose Tristan is an adaptation of the Tristan and Iseult story into a long prose romance, and the first to tie the subject entirely into the arc of the Arthurian legend. It was also the first major Arthurian prose cycle commenced after the… … Wikipedia
Prose or Sequence — • A liturgical hymn used on certain festivals before the Gospel in the Mass Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Prose Or Sequence Prose or Sequence … Catholic encyclopedia
Prose poetry — This article refers to a poetic form. For the competitive speech event, see Prose Poetry. TOCrightProse poetry is usually considered a form of poetry written in prose that breaks some of the normal rules associated with prose discourse, for… … Wikipedia
Writers' Union of Canada — The Writers Union of Canada (TWUC), founded in 1973, describes itself as supporting the country s authors by advocating for their rights, freedoms, and economic well being. Its members are professional writers who must have published at least one … Wikipedia
prose Edda — Edda Ed da, n.; pl. {Eddas}. [Icel., lit. great grandmother (i. e., of Scandinavian poetry), so called by Bishop Brynj[ u]lf Sveinsson, who brought it again to light in 1643.] The religious or mythological book of the old Scandinavian tribes of… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
nonfictional prose — Introduction any literary work that is based mainly on fact, even though it may contain fictional elements. Examples are the essay and biography. Defining nonfictional prose literature is an immensely challenging task. This type of… … Universalium
List of biographical dictionaries of women writers — There are a large and ever growing number of biographical dictionaries of women writers. These works reflect the emergence of women s literature as a flourishing field of academic study over the past few decades. The genre also draws on a much… … Wikipedia
Village Prose — ( ru. Деревенская проза, or Деревенская литература) was a movement in Soviet literature beginning during the Thaw, which included works that focused on the Soviet rural communities. Some point to the critical essays on collectivization in Novyi… … Wikipedia
Filipino women writers — The history of Filipino women writers is an account of how Philippine women became literary “mistresses of the ink” and “lady pen pushers” who created works of fiction or factual and historical storybooks, poetry, novels, short stories, essays,… … Wikipedia
List of Georgian writers — An alphabetic list of prose writers and poets from the nation of Georgia. CompactTOCrefs A *Alexander Abasheli *Grigol Abashidze *Irakli Abashidze *Alexander Amilakhvari *Chabua Amirejibi *Shio Aragvispireli *Archil of Imereti *Lado Asatiani B… … Wikipedia
LETTERS AND LETTER WRITERS — The letter holds an honored place in Jewish history and literature and includes diplomatic correspondence, state papers, and letters as vehicles of religious or secular literature and as a means of polemics in communal and spiritual matters,… … Encyclopedia of Judaism

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

Prose writers also

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

Prose writers also

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: